TWI550155B - Not weaving - Google Patents

Not weaving Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI550155B
TWI550155B TW104134106A TW104134106A TWI550155B TW I550155 B TWI550155 B TW I550155B TW 104134106 A TW104134106 A TW 104134106A TW 104134106 A TW104134106 A TW 104134106A TW I550155 B TWI550155 B TW I550155B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
fiber
less
fibers
woven fabric
diameter
Prior art date
Application number
TW104134106A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201629289A (en
Inventor
Yasuhiro Komori
Hiroko Kawaguchi
Kenji Ishiguro
Erika Watanabe
Original Assignee
Kao Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2014212400A external-priority patent/JP2016079529A/en
Application filed by Kao Corp filed Critical Kao Corp
Publication of TW201629289A publication Critical patent/TW201629289A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI550155B publication Critical patent/TWI550155B/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/54Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by welding together the fibres, e.g. by partially melting or dissolving
    • D04H1/541Composite fibres, e.g. sheath-core, sea-island or side-by-side; Mixed fibres
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/42Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece
    • D04H1/4391Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece characterised by the shape of the fibres
    • D04H1/43918Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece characterised by the shape of the fibres nonlinear fibres, e.g. crimped or coiled fibres
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/45Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
    • A61F13/49Absorbent articles specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nonwoven Fabrics (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)

Description

不織布 Non-woven

本發明係關於一種不織布。 The present invention relates to a nonwoven fabric.

本案申請人提出有關於藉由如下方式製造之不織布之技術:首先於包含彈性纖維之纖維網之一面配置包含低延伸之非彈性纖維之纖維網,對該等纖維網實施熱風方式之熱風處理而使纖維彼此之交點熱熔合,使該等纖維網一體化而成之纖維片材延伸而將上述低延伸之非彈性纖維拉伸,其後解除上述纖維片材之延伸,從而製造不織布(專利文獻1)。專利文獻1中所記載之不織布之製造方法中,於使纖維片材延伸時,使用具備能夠相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥之延伸裝置。使用此種具備一對凹凸輥之延伸裝置進行延伸之技術除專利文獻1中有記載以外,例如專利文獻2、4及5中亦有記載。 The applicant of the present application has proposed a technique for producing a non-woven fabric by first disposing a web comprising low-stretched inelastic fibers on one side of a web comprising elastic fibers, and performing hot air-type hot air treatment on the webs. The fibers are thermally fused to each other, and the fiber sheets in which the webs are integrated are stretched to stretch the low-stretch non-elastic fibers, and then the fiber sheets are released to form a nonwoven fabric (Patent Document) 1). In the method for producing a nonwoven fabric described in Patent Document 1, when the fiber sheet is stretched, an extension device having a pair of uneven rollers that can mesh with each other is used. The technique of extending using such an extension device including a pair of embossing rolls is described in Patent Document 1, and is also described in, for example, Patent Documents 2, 4, and 5.

作為與該技術不同之另一技術,專利文獻3中揭示有關於賦予有纖維製品用透水性賦予劑之透水性不織布的技術。 As another technique different from this technique, Patent Document 3 discloses a technique for imparting a water-permeable nonwoven fabric having a water-permeable imparting agent for a fibrous product.

先前技術文獻 Prior technical literature 專利文獻 Patent literature

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2008-7924號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008-7924

專利文獻2:日本專利特開2013-189745號公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-189745

專利文獻3:日本專利特開2000-178876號公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-178876

專利文獻4:日本專利特開2010-119861號公報 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-119861

專利文獻5:日本專利特開2012-67426號公報 Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-67426

藉由專利文獻1中記載之製造法所製造之不織布係以包含彈性纖維及沿長度方向上之粗細度並不均勻之非彈性纖維之方式形成。若如此般非彈性纖維之粗細度並不均勻,則皮膚觸感變得良好者。然而,關於提高表面之液體殘留較少之指觸乾燥性未有任何記載。 The nonwoven fabric produced by the manufacturing method described in Patent Document 1 is formed to include an elastic fiber and an inelastic fiber having a non-uniform thickness in the longitudinal direction. If the thickness of the inelastic fibers is not uniform, the skin feels good. However, there is no description about the dryness of the fingertips which increase the residual liquid residue on the surface.

又,於專利文獻2中,必須使用伸縮性纖維、即彈性纖維。並且,於專利文獻2中記載有藉由延伸裝置而使纖維之纖維直徑變細,但關於提高表面之液體殘留較少之指觸乾燥性未有任何記載。 Further, in Patent Document 2, it is necessary to use a stretchable fiber, that is, an elastic fiber. Further, Patent Document 2 discloses that the fiber diameter of the fiber is reduced by the stretching device, but there is no description about the dryness of the finger which is less to increase the liquid residue on the surface.

又,專利文獻3中記載之透水性不織布由於被賦予透水性賦予劑,故而表面之液體殘留較少,指觸乾燥性提高。然而,於專利文獻3中,關於將構成纖維延伸而形成纖維直徑較細之部分與纖維直徑較粗之部分、及藉由將附著有油劑之纖維延伸而使親水性發生變化之情況未有任何設想。 Further, since the water-permeable non-woven fabric described in Patent Document 3 is provided with the water-permeable imparting agent, the liquid residue on the surface is small, and the dryness of the touch is improved. However, in Patent Document 3, there is no case where the constituent fibers are extended to form a portion having a relatively small fiber diameter and a portion having a relatively large fiber diameter, and a hydrophilic material is changed by extending the fiber to which the oil agent is adhered. Any ideas.

藉由專利文獻1中記載之製造法所製造之不織布係以包含彈性纖維及沿長度方向上之粗細度並不均勻之非彈性纖維之方式形成。若如此般非彈性纖維之粗細度並不均勻,則皮膚觸感變得良好者。然而,業界有欲使皮膚觸感進一步良好之需求。 The nonwoven fabric produced by the manufacturing method described in Patent Document 1 is formed to include an elastic fiber and an inelastic fiber having a non-uniform thickness in the longitudinal direction. If the thickness of the inelastic fibers is not uniform, the skin feels good. However, the industry has a desire to make the skin feel better.

又,於專利文獻2中,必須使用伸縮性纖維、即彈性纖維。並且,於專利文獻2中記載有藉由延伸裝置而使纖維之纖維直徑變細,但關於在一根纖維中形成纖維直徑較細之部分與纖維直徑較粗之部分而應將纖維直徑較細之部分與較粗之部分之邊界配置於怎樣之位置並未有任何記載。 Further, in Patent Document 2, it is necessary to use a stretchable fiber, that is, an elastic fiber. Further, Patent Document 2 discloses that the fiber diameter of the fiber is reduced by the stretching device. However, the fiber diameter is relatively small in the portion where the fiber diameter is relatively small and the fiber diameter is thick in one fiber. There is no record of where the boundary between the part and the thicker part is placed.

又,於專利文獻4中,關於使用高伸度纖維未有任何記載。又,於專利文獻4中,關於藉由延伸裝置而使纖維之纖維直徑變細亦未有任何記載,關於在一根纖維中形成纖維直徑較細之部分與纖維直徑較粗之部分,未有任何設想。 Further, in Patent Document 4, there is no description about the use of high-stretch fibers. Further, in Patent Document 4, the fiber diameter of the fiber is reduced by the stretching device, and there is no description about the portion where the fiber diameter is thinner and the fiber diameter is thicker in one fiber. Any ideas.

又,於專利文獻5中,關於使用高伸度纖維未有任何記載。又,於專利文獻5中雖記載有藉由延伸裝置進行芯鞘剝離,從而使纖維直徑變細,但關於應將纖維直徑較細之部分與較粗之部分之邊界配置於怎樣之位置未有任何記載。 Further, in Patent Document 5, there is no description about the use of high-stretch fibers. Further, in Patent Document 5, the core sheath is peeled off by the stretching device to reduce the fiber diameter. However, the position where the fiber diameter portion and the thick portion should be disposed at the boundary is not present. Any record.

因此,本發明之課題在於提供一種可消除上述先前技術所具有之缺點之不織布。 Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a non-woven fabric which can eliminate the disadvantages of the prior art described above.

本發明(第1發明)係關於一種具備複數個使構成纖維彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部之不織布。上述構成纖維包含高伸度纖維,著眼於1根上述構成纖維,該構成纖維於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部。上述小徑部之親水性低於上述大徑部之親水性。 The present invention (first invention) relates to a nonwoven fabric comprising a plurality of fusion portions formed by thermally fusing the intersections of constituent fibers. The constituent fiber includes a high-stretch fiber, and the constituent fiber has a fiber diameter which is sandwiched between two adjacent small-diameter portions having a small fiber diameter between the adjacent fusion portions. Large diameter department. The hydrophilicity of the small diameter portion is lower than the hydrophilicity of the large diameter portion.

本發明(第2發明)係關於一種具備複數個使構成纖維彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部之不織布。上述構成纖維包含高伸度纖維。著眼於1根上述構成纖維,該構成纖維於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部。自鄰接於上述熔合部之上述小徑部向上述大徑部之變化點係配置於自該熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 The present invention (second invention) relates to a nonwoven fabric comprising a plurality of fusion portions formed by thermally fusing the intersections of constituent fibers. The above constituent fibers include high elongation fibers. In view of the above-mentioned constituent fibers, the constituent fibers have a large diameter portion having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by two small-diameter portions having a small fiber diameter between the adjacent fusion portions. The point of change from the small-diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large-diameter portion is within a range of 1/3 of the distance from the fusion portion to the adjacent portion of the fusion portion.

1a‧‧‧纖維片材 1a‧‧‧Fiber sheets

1A‧‧‧不織布 1A‧‧‧Nonwoven

1B‧‧‧不織布 1B‧‧‧Nonwoven

10‧‧‧纖維網 10‧‧‧Fiber

11‧‧‧構成纖維 11‧‧‧constituting fibers

12‧‧‧熔合部 12‧‧‧Fuse Department

13‧‧‧凸條部 13‧‧‧Rocks

13a‧‧‧頂部區 13a‧‧‧Top area

13b‧‧‧底部區 13b‧‧‧Bottom area

13c‧‧‧側部區 13c‧‧‧Side area

14‧‧‧凹條部 14‧‧‧ recessed section

16‧‧‧小徑部 16‧‧‧Little Trails Department

17‧‧‧大徑部 17‧‧‧The Great Trails Department

18‧‧‧變化點 18‧‧‧Change point

100‧‧‧製造裝置 100‧‧‧ manufacturing equipment

100A 100A

100B‧‧‧製造裝置 100B‧‧‧ manufacturing equipment

200‧‧‧纖維網形成部 200‧‧‧Fiber web formation

201‧‧‧纖維網形成裝置 201‧‧‧Fiber web forming device

300‧‧‧熱風處理部 300‧‧‧Hot Air Treatment Department

301‧‧‧濾罩 301‧‧‧ filter cover

302‧‧‧輸送帶 302‧‧‧ conveyor belt

400‧‧‧延伸部 400‧‧‧Extension

401‧‧‧凹凸輥 401‧‧‧ bump roll

402‧‧‧凹凸輥 402‧‧‧ bump roll

403‧‧‧大徑凸部 403‧‧‧ Large diameter convex

404‧‧‧大徑凸部 404‧‧‧ Large diameter convex

a‧‧‧不織布之正面 A‧‧‧ non-woven front

b‧‧‧不織布之背面 b‧‧‧The back of the non-woven fabric

AT‧‧‧一熔合部側之區域 AT‧‧‧A region on the side of the fusion joint

BT‧‧‧另一熔合部側之區域 BT‧‧‧ another fusion zone side area

CT‧‧‧中央區域 CT‧‧‧Central Area

t‧‧‧壓入量 T‧‧‧injection

T‧‧‧間隔 T‧‧‧ interval

w‧‧‧間隔 W‧‧‧ interval

X‧‧‧方向 X‧‧‧ direction

Y‧‧‧方向 Y‧‧‧ direction

Z‧‧‧厚度方向 Z‧‧‧ Thickness direction

圖1係表示本發明(第1發明)之不織布之一實施形態的立體圖。 Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing an embodiment of a nonwoven fabric of the present invention (first invention).

圖2係表示圖1所示之不織布之厚度方向之剖面的模式圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing a cross section of the non-woven fabric shown in Fig. 1 in the thickness direction.

圖3係對構成圖1所示之不織布之構成纖維彼此被熱熔合部固定之狀態進行說明的圖。 Fig. 3 is a view for explaining a state in which the constituent fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric shown in Fig. 1 are fixed to each other by the heat fusion portion.

圖4係表示可較佳地用於製造圖1所示之不織布之製造裝置的模式圖。 Fig. 4 is a schematic view showing a manufacturing apparatus which can be preferably used for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric shown in Fig. 1.

圖5係表示圖4所示之製造裝置所具備之延伸部的模式圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic view showing an extending portion of the manufacturing apparatus shown in Fig. 4;

圖6係圖5所示之VI-VI線剖視圖。 Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI of Figure 5.

圖7(a)~圖7(c)係對於相鄰之熔合部彼此之間之1根構成纖維中形成複數個小徑部與大徑部之樣態進行說明的說明圖。 7(a) to 7(c) are explanatory views for explaining a state in which a plurality of small-diameter portions and large-diameter portions are formed in one constituent fiber between adjacent fusion portions.

圖8係表示本發明(第2發明)之不織布之一實施形態的立體圖。 Fig. 8 is a perspective view showing an embodiment of the nonwoven fabric of the second aspect of the invention.

圖9係表示圖8所示之不織布之厚度方向之剖面的模式圖。 Fig. 9 is a schematic view showing a cross section in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric shown in Fig. 8.

圖10係對構成圖8所示之不織布之構成纖維彼此被熱熔合部固定之狀態進行說明的圖。 Fig. 10 is a view for explaining a state in which the constituent fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric shown in Fig. 8 are fixed to each other by the heat fusion portion.

圖11係表示可較佳地用於製造圖8所示之不織布之製造裝置的模式圖。 Fig. 11 is a schematic view showing a manufacturing apparatus which can be preferably used for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric shown in Fig. 8.

圖12係表示圖11所示之製造裝置所具備之延伸部的模式圖。 Fig. 12 is a schematic view showing an extending portion of the manufacturing apparatus shown in Fig. 11;

圖13係圖12所示之VI-VI線剖視圖。 Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI of Figure 12;

圖14(a)~圖14(c)係對於相鄰之熔合部彼此之間之1根構成纖維中形成複數個小徑部與大徑部之樣態進行說明的說明圖。 (a) to (c) of FIG. 14 are explanatory views for explaining a state in which a plurality of small-diameter portions and large-diameter portions are formed in one constituent fiber between adjacent fusion portions.

以下,一面參照圖示,一面對本發明(第1發明)基於其較佳之實施形態進行說明。 Hereinafter, the present invention (first invention) will be described based on preferred embodiments thereof with reference to the drawings.

圖1中表示本發明(第1發明)之一實施形態之不織布1A(以下亦稱為「不織布1A」)的立體圖。圖2係表示圖1所示之不織布1A之厚度方向之剖面的模式圖。圖3係圖1所示之不織布1A之構成纖維11的放大模式圖。如圖3所示,不織布1A為具備複數個使構成纖維11彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部12之不織布。此處,構成纖維11彼此之交點亦為構成纖維11彼此之接合點。該接合點係由構成纖維11彼此熱熔合而形成。即,該接合點為熔合部12。並且,於本實施形態中,不織布1A如圖1所示,為於一方向(X方向)延伸之條紋狀之凸條部13及凹條部14交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布。具體而言,如圖2所示,不織布1A具有正背兩面a、b之剖面形狀均朝厚度方向(Z方向)之上方形成凸狀之複數個凸條部13、及位於相鄰之凸條部13、13彼此之間之凹條 部14。凹條部14係正背兩面a、b之剖面形狀均朝不織布之厚度方向(Z方向)之上方形成凹狀。換言之,凹條部14係正背兩面a、b之剖面形狀均朝不織布之厚度方向(Z方向)之下方形成凸狀。並且,複數個凸條部13分別於不織布1A之一方向(X方向)上連續地延伸,複數個凹條部14亦形成於不織布1A之一方向X連續地延伸之溝槽狀。凸條部13及凹條部14相互平行,交替地配置於與上述一方向(X方向)正交之方向(Y方向)。 Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing a nonwoven fabric 1A (hereinafter also referred to as "nonwoven fabric 1A") according to an embodiment of the present invention (first invention). Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing a cross section of the nonwoven fabric 1A shown in Fig. 1 in the thickness direction. Fig. 3 is an enlarged schematic view showing the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A shown in Fig. 1. As shown in FIG. 3, the nonwoven fabric 1A is a nonwoven fabric having a plurality of fusion portions 12 formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11 to each other. Here, the intersection of the constituent fibers 11 also constitutes a joint point between the constituent fibers 11. This joint is formed by thermally fusing the constituent fibers 11 to each other. That is, the joint is the fusion portion 12. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1, the nonwoven fabric 1A is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which stripe-shaped ridge portions 13 and recessed portions 14 extending in one direction (X direction) are alternately arranged. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, the nonwoven fabric 1A has a plurality of ridge portions 13 in which the cross-sectional shapes of the front and back surfaces a and b are convexly formed above the thickness direction (Z direction), and the adjacent ridges are located. The recesses between the parts 13, 13 Part 14. The cross-sectional shape of both the front and back sides a and b of the concave strip portion 14 is formed in a concave shape above the thickness direction (Z direction) of the nonwoven fabric. In other words, the cross-sectional shapes of the front and back surfaces a and b of the concave strip portion 14 are both convex toward the lower side in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the nonwoven fabric. Further, the plurality of ridge portions 13 are continuously extended in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1A, and the plurality of concave strip portions 14 are also formed in a groove shape continuously extending in one direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1A. The ridge portion 13 and the groove portion 14 are parallel to each other and alternately arranged in a direction (Y direction) orthogonal to the one direction (X direction).

再者,如圖2所示剖面觀察不織布1A時,不織布1A具有頂部區13a、底部區13b及位於該等13a、13b之間之側部區13c。並且,凸條部13之頂部由頂部區13a形成,凹條部14之底部由底部區13b形成。頂部區13a、底部區13b及側部區13c於不織布1A之一方向(X方向)連續地延伸。關於頂部區13a、底部區13b及側部區13c,如圖2所示剖面觀察不織布1A時,將不織布1A之Z方向之厚度3等分,將厚度方向(Z方向)之上方部位設為頂部區13a,將厚度方向(Z方向)之中央部位設為側部區13c,將厚度方向(Z方向)之下方部位設為底部區13b,從而加以區別。上述區分係利用下述方法進行測定。 Further, when the non-woven fabric 1A is viewed in cross section as shown in Fig. 2, the nonwoven fabric 1A has a top portion 13a, a bottom portion 13b, and a side portion 13c located between the portions 13a, 13b. Also, the top of the ridge portion 13 is formed by the top portion 13a, and the bottom portion of the concave portion 14 is formed by the bottom portion 13b. The top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b, and the side portion 13c continuously extend in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1A. When the non-woven fabric 1A is observed in a cross section as shown in FIG. 2 in the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side portion 13c, the thickness 3 of the non-woven fabric 1A in the Z direction is equally divided, and the upper portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is set as the top portion. In the region 13a, the center portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the side portion 13c, and the portion below the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the bottom portion 13b. The above distinction was made by the following method.

[頂部區13a、底部區13b、側部區13c之區分方法] [Method of Distinguishing Top Area 13a, Bottom Area 13b, and Side Area 13c]

使用Feather剃刀(商品編號FAS-10,Feather Safety Razor股份有限公司製造),沿Y方向切斷不織布1A,利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名))將所切斷之不織布1A放大至欲測定之部位充分進入視野從而可進行測定之大小(10~100倍),將不織布1A之Z方向之厚度3等分,將厚度方向(Z方向)之上方部位設為頂部區13a,將厚度方向(Z方向)之中央部位設為側部區13c,將厚度方向(Z方向)之下方部位設為底部區13b,從而加以區別。 The non-woven fabric 1A was cut in the Y direction using a Feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.), and a scanning electron microscope (JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) was used. The cut non-woven fabric 1A is enlarged until the portion to be measured sufficiently enters the field of view to be measured (10 to 100 times), and the thickness of the non-woven fabric 1A in the Z direction is equally divided into three, and the upper portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is set. In the top region 13a, the center portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the side portion 13c, and the portion below the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the bottom portion 13b.

於自市售之尿布等進行分析之情形時,對成為對象之尿布等噴附冷噴霧而進行冷卻,使接著力降低。然後,謹慎仔細地剝離各材 料,獲得成為對象之不織布,並如上述般進行切斷及測定。 In the case of a diaper or the like which is commercially available, the diaper or the like is sprayed with a cold spray to be cooled, and the adhesion is lowered. Then carefully and carefully strip the materials The material was obtained as a non-woven fabric, and the cutting and measurement were carried out as described above.

不織布1A係如下述般使用相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥401、402對纖維片材1a實施凹凸加工而製造者。上述不織布1A之一方向(X方向)係指與對纖維片材1a實施凹凸加工而製造不織布1A時之機械方向(MD(Machine Direction),行進方向)相同之方向,與上述不織布1A之一方向(X方向)正交之方向(Y方向)係指與和上述機械方向(MD,行進方向)正交之正交方向(CD(Cross Direction),輥軸方向)相同之方向。 The nonwoven fabric 1A is manufactured by performing uneven processing on the fiber sheet 1a with respect to the uneven rollers 401 and 402 as one of the following. One direction (X direction) of the non-woven fabric 1A is the same direction as the machine direction (MD (Machine Direction), the traveling direction) when the nonwoven fabric 1A is formed by the uneven processing of the fiber sheet 1a, and one direction of the nonwoven fabric 1A. The direction (the Y direction) orthogonal to the (X direction) is the same direction as the orthogonal direction (CD (Cross Direction), the roller axis direction) orthogonal to the above-described machine direction (MD, traveling direction).

不織布1A之構成纖維11包含高伸度纖維。此處,所謂構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維,意指不僅於原料之纖維階段為高伸度而且於所製造之不織布1A之階段亦為高伸度的纖維。作為「高伸度纖維」,除具有彈性(彈性體)而進行伸縮之伸縮性纖維以外,例如亦可列舉:如日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0033]中記載般於以低速進行熔融紡絲而獲得複合纖維後,不進行延伸處理而進行加熱處理及/或捲縮處理,藉此獲得之藉由加熱而使樹脂之結晶狀態發生變化從而長度延伸之熱伸長性纖維;或使用聚丙烯或聚乙烯等樹脂,並將紡絲速度設為相對較低之條件而製造之纖維;或者向結晶度較低之聚乙烯-聚丙烯共聚物、或聚丙烯中乾摻聚乙烯並進行紡絲而製造之纖維等。該等纖維之中,高伸度纖維較佳為具有熱熔合性之芯鞘型複合纖維。芯鞘型複合纖維可為同心芯鞘型、可為偏心芯鞘型、可為並列型亦可為異形型,尤佳為同心芯鞘型。不論纖維採用何種形態之情形,就製造柔軟且皮膚觸感等良好之不織布等之觀點而言,高伸度纖維之纖度於原料階段較佳為1.0dtex以上,更佳為2.0dtex以上,並且較佳為10.0dtex以下,更佳為8.0dtex以下,具體而言,較佳為1.0dtex以上且10.0dtex以下,更佳為2.0dtex以上且8.0dtex以下。於本說明書中,皮膚觸感係指對於不含液體之狀態下接觸皮膚時之感覺進行官能評價而獲得之特性。又,下述之指觸乾燥性係指對於包含殘留液體之 狀態下接觸皮膚時之感覺進行官能評價而獲得之特性。因此,指觸乾燥性與皮膚觸感為不同特性。 The constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A contain high-stretch fibers. Here, the high-stretch fiber included in the constituent fiber 11 means a fiber having a high elongation at the fiber stage of the raw material and a high elongation at the stage of the nonwoven fabric 1A to be produced. The "high-stretch fiber" is a low-speed fiber, for example, as described in paragraph [0033] of JP-A-2010-168715, in addition to the elastic fiber (elastic body). After melt-spinning to obtain a composite fiber, heat treatment and/or crimping treatment without stretching treatment, thereby obtaining a heat-extensible fiber in which the crystal state of the resin is changed by heating to extend the length; or a fiber produced by using a resin such as polypropylene or polyethylene and having a spinning speed set to a relatively low condition; or dry-blending polyethylene into a polyethylene-polypropylene copolymer having a low crystallinity or polypropylene A fiber or the like produced by spinning. Among these fibers, the high-stretch fibers are preferably core-sheath type composite fibers having heat fusion properties. The core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core sheath type, may be an eccentric core sheath type, may be a side-by-side type or a profiled type, and is preferably a concentric core sheath type. The fineness of the high-stretch fiber is preferably 1.0 dtex or more, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more, in terms of a raw material stage, from the viewpoint of producing a good non-woven fabric such as softness and skin feel, and the like. It is preferably 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 8.0 dtex or less, and specifically preferably 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less. In the present specification, the skin touch refers to a property obtained by performing a sensory evaluation on the feeling when the skin is in contact with the liquid. In addition, the following finger dryness refers to the inclusion of residual liquid. The characteristics obtained by sensory evaluation when the skin is in contact with the state. Therefore, the dryness of the touch is different from the feel of the skin.

不織布1A之構成纖維11除高伸度纖維以外亦可包含其他纖維而構成,較佳為僅由非彈性纖維構成,為了使細徑化且親水度較低之纖維大量存在於熔合點附近,較佳為全部熔合點均由高伸度纖維形成,因此進而較佳為僅由高伸度纖維構成。作為其他纖維,例如可列舉:包含熔點不同之2種成分且進行延伸處理而成之非熱伸長性芯鞘型熱熔合性複合纖維、或者本來不具有熱熔合性之纖維(例如棉或紙漿等天然纖維、嫘縈或乙酸纖維等)等。於不織布1A0除高伸度纖維以外亦包含其他纖維而構成之情形時,該不織布1A0中之高伸度纖維之比率較佳為50質量%以上,進而較佳為80質量%以上,並且尤佳為100質量%。 The constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A may be composed of other fibers in addition to the high-stretch fibers, and are preferably composed of only non-elastic fibers, and a large amount of fibers having a small diameter and a low degree of hydrophilicity are present in the vicinity of the fusion point. Preferably, all of the fusion points are formed of high-stretch fibers, and thus it is further preferred to consist only of high-stretch fibers. Examples of the other fiber include a non-heat-extensible core-sheath type heat-fusible composite fiber including two kinds of components having different melting points and a heat-fusible fiber (for example, cotton or pulp). Natural fiber, enamel or acetate fiber, etc.). In the case where the non-woven fabric 1A0 is composed of other fibers in addition to the high-stretch fibers, the ratio of the high-stretch fibers in the nonwoven fabric 1A0 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably It is 100% by mass.

作為高伸度纖維之一例之熱伸長性纖維係於原料階段未經延伸處理或實施過弱延伸處理之複合纖維,例如具有構成芯部之第1樹脂成分、與構成鞘部之包含聚乙烯樹脂之第2樹脂成分,第1樹脂成分具有高於第2樹脂成分之熔點。第1樹脂成分係表現該纖維之熱伸長性之成分,第2樹脂成分係表現熱熔合性之成分。第1樹脂成分及第2樹脂成分之熔點係使用示差掃描型熱量計(Seiko Instruments股份有限公司製造之DSC6200),對較細地裁斷之纖維試樣(試樣重量2mg)以升溫速度10℃/min進行熱分析,測定各樹脂之熔解峰值溫度,並定義為其熔解峰值溫度。於第2樹脂成分之熔點無法藉由該方法明確地測定之情形時,將該樹脂定義為「不具有熔點之樹脂」。於該情形時,作為第2樹脂成分之分子開始流動之溫度,將使第2樹脂成分熔合至可計測纖維之熔合點強度之程度的溫度設為軟化點,使用該軟化點代替熔點。 The heat-expandable fiber as an example of the high-stretch fiber is a composite fiber which is not subjected to elongation treatment or weak elongation treatment at the raw material stage, and has, for example, a first resin component constituting the core portion and a polyethylene resin constituting the sheath portion. In the second resin component, the first resin component has a higher melting point than the second resin component. The first resin component is a component that exhibits thermal elongation of the fiber, and the second resin component is a component that exhibits heat fusion properties. The melting point of the first resin component and the second resin component was measured by using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Co., Ltd.), and the fiber sample (sample weight: 2 mg) which was finely cut at a temperature increase rate of 10 ° C / Min was subjected to thermal analysis to determine the melting peak temperature of each resin and defined as its melting peak temperature. When the melting point of the second resin component cannot be clearly measured by the method, the resin is defined as "a resin having no melting point". In this case, the temperature at which the molecules of the second resin component start to flow is a temperature at which the second resin component is fused to the extent that the fusion point strength of the fiber can be measured, and the softening point is used instead of the melting point.

作為構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分,如上述般包含聚乙烯樹脂。作為該聚乙烯樹脂,可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、高密度聚乙烯 (HDPE)、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)等。尤佳為密度為0.935g/cm3以上且0.965g/cm3以下之高密度聚乙烯。構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分較佳為單獨為聚乙烯樹脂,但亦可摻合其他樹脂。作為所摻合之其他樹脂,可列舉:聚丙烯樹脂、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA)、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物(EVOH)等。但是,構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分較佳為鞘部之樹脂成分中之50質量%以上、尤其是70質量%以上且100質量%以下為聚乙烯樹脂。又,該聚乙烯樹脂較佳為微晶尺寸為10nm以上且20nm以下,更佳為11.5nm以上且18nm以下。 The second resin component constituting the sheath portion contains a polyethylene resin as described above. Examples of the polyethylene resin include low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), and linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). More preferably, it is a high density polyethylene having a density of 0.935 g/cm 3 or more and 0.965 g/cm 3 or less. The second resin component constituting the sheath portion is preferably a polyethylene resin alone, but may be blended with other resins. Examples of the other resin to be blended include a polypropylene resin, an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), and an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH). However, the second resin component constituting the sheath portion is preferably a polyethylene resin in an amount of 50% by mass or more, particularly preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less based on the resin component of the sheath portion. Further, the polyethylene resin preferably has a crystallite size of 10 nm or more and 20 nm or less, more preferably 11.5 nm or more and 18 nm or less.

作為構成芯部之第1樹脂成分,可無特別限制地使用熔點高於作為鞘部之構成樹脂之聚乙烯樹脂之樹脂成分。作為構成芯部之樹脂成分,例如可列舉:聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯樹脂除外)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)等聚酯系樹脂等。進而亦可使用聚醯胺系聚合物或樹脂成分為2種以上之共聚物等。亦可將複數種樹脂摻合而使用,於該情形時,芯部之熔點設為熔點最高之樹脂之熔點。就容易製造不織布之方面而言,較佳為構成芯部之第1樹脂成分之熔點與構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分之熔點之差(前者-後者)為20℃以上,又,較佳為150℃以下。 As the first resin component constituting the core portion, a resin component having a higher melting point than the polyethylene resin as the constituent resin of the sheath portion can be used without particular limitation. Examples of the resin component constituting the core portion include polyolefin resins (excluding polyethylene resins) such as polypropylene (PP), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polybutylene terephthalate (for example). Polyester resin such as PBT). Further, a polyamine polymer or a resin component may be used as a copolymer of two or more kinds. A plurality of resins may be blended and used, and in this case, the melting point of the core is set to the melting point of the resin having the highest melting point. In terms of the ease of producing the nonwoven fabric, it is preferable that the difference between the melting point of the first resin component constituting the core portion and the melting point of the second resin component constituting the sheath portion (the former - the latter) is 20 ° C or higher, and more preferably Below 150 °C.

作為高伸度纖維之一例之熱伸長性纖維中之第1樹脂成分之較佳配向指數根據所使用之樹脂而自然地有所不同,例如於第1樹脂成分為聚丙烯樹脂之情形時,配向指數較佳為60%以下,更佳為40%以下,進而較佳為25%以下。於第1樹脂成分為聚酯之情形時,配向指數較佳為25%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下。另一方面,第2樹脂成分較佳為其配向指數為5%以上,更佳為15%以上,進而較佳為30%以上。配向指數成為構成纖維之樹脂之高分子鏈之配向程度之指標。 The preferred orientation index of the first resin component in the thermally extensible fiber as an example of the high-stretch fiber is naturally different depending on the resin to be used, for example, when the first resin component is a polypropylene resin, the alignment The index is preferably 60% or less, more preferably 40% or less, and still more preferably 25% or less. When the first resin component is a polyester, the orientation index is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 20% or less, still more preferably 10% or less. On the other hand, the second resin component preferably has an alignment index of 5% or more, more preferably 15% or more, still more preferably 30% or more. The alignment index is an index of the degree of alignment of the polymer chains constituting the resin of the fiber.

第1樹脂成分及第2樹脂成分之配向指數可藉由日本專利特開 2010-168715號公報之段落[0027]~[0029]中記載之方法求出。又,熱伸長性纖維中之各樹脂成分達成如上述之配向指數之方法被記載於日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0033]~[0036]。 The orientation index of the first resin component and the second resin component can be obtained by Japanese Patent Laid-Open The method described in paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-168715 is obtained. Further, a method of achieving the above-described alignment index for each of the resin components in the thermally extensible fiber is described in paragraphs [0033] to [0036] of JP-A-2010-168715.

又,高伸度纖維之伸度於原料階段為100%以上,較佳為200%以上,更佳為250%以上,並且較佳為800%以下,更佳為500%以下,進而較佳為400%以下,具體而言,較佳為100%以上且800%以下,更佳為200%以上且500%以下,進而較佳為250%以上且400%以下。藉由使用具有該範圍之伸度之高伸度纖維,而該纖維於延伸裝置內被順利地拉伸,下述之自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18鄰接於熔合部12,皮膚觸感變得良好。又,高伸度纖維之伸度於不織布階段為60%以上,較佳為70%以上,更佳為80%以上,且較佳為200%以下,更佳為150%以下,進而較佳為120%以下,具體而言,較佳為60%以上且200%以下,更佳為70%以上且170%以下,進而較佳為80%以上且150%以下。尤佳為以高伸度纖維之比率100%所製作之不織布之伸度為上述範圍。 Further, the elongation of the high-stretch fiber is 100% or more, preferably 200% or more, more preferably 250% or more, and preferably 800% or less, more preferably 500% or less, more preferably 500% or less. 400% or less, specifically, it is preferably 100% or more and 800% or less, more preferably 200% or more and 500% or less, further preferably 250% or more and 400% or less. By using a high-stretch fiber having an elongation of the range, the fiber is smoothly stretched in the stretching device, and the following point 18 from the small-diameter portion 16 to the large-diameter portion 17 is adjacent to the fusion portion 12 The skin feels good. Further, the elongation of the high-stretch fiber is 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 200% or less, still more preferably 150% or less, and more preferably in the non-woven stage. 120% or less, specifically, it is preferably 60% or more and 200% or less, more preferably 70% or more and 170% or less, and still more preferably 80% or more and 150% or less. It is particularly preferable that the elongation of the non-woven fabric produced by the ratio of the high-stretch fibers is 100%.

高伸度纖維之伸度係根據JIS L-1015,以測定環境溫濕度20±2℃、65±2%RH、拉伸試驗機之夾持間隔20mm、拉伸速度20mm/min之條件下之測定作為基準。再者,於自已製造出之不織布採集纖維而測定伸度時、以及無法將夾持間隔設為20mm之情形、即欲測定之纖維長度未達20mm之情形時,將夾持間隔設定為10mm或5mm進行測定。 The elongation of the high-stretch fiber is determined according to JIS L-1015 under the conditions of measuring the ambient temperature and humidity of 20±2°C, 65±2% RH, the clamping interval of the tensile testing machine of 20 mm, and the stretching speed of 20 mm/min. The measurement is used as a reference. Further, when the self-manufactured non-woven fabric is used to collect the fibers and the elongation is measured, and the nip interval cannot be set to 20 mm, that is, when the fiber length to be measured is less than 20 mm, the nip interval is set to 10 mm or The measurement was carried out at 5 mm.

高伸度纖維中之第1樹脂成分與第2樹脂成分之比率(質量比,前者:後者)於原料階段較佳為10:90~90:10、尤其是20:80~80:20、進而為50:50~70:30。高伸度纖維之纖維長度可根據不織布之製造方法使用適當之長度者。於例如下述般利用梳棉法製造不織布之情形時,較佳為將纖維長度設為30~70mm左右。 The ratio of the first resin component to the second resin component in the high-stretch fiber (mass ratio, the former: the latter) is preferably 10:90 to 90:10, particularly 20:80 to 80:20 at the raw material stage, and further It is 50:50~70:30. The fiber length of the high-stretch fiber can be used according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric. When the nonwoven fabric is produced by the carding method as described below, for example, the fiber length is preferably about 30 to 70 mm.

高伸度纖維之纖維直徑於原料階段可根據不織布之具體用途而進行適當選擇。於使用不織布作為吸收性物品之正面片材等吸收性物品之構成構件之情形時,較佳為使用10μm以上者,尤佳為使用15μm以上者,並且較佳為使用35μm以下者,尤佳為使用30μm以下者,具體而言,較佳為使用10μm以上且35μm以下、尤其是15μm以上且30μm以下者。上述纖維直徑係利用下述方法進行測定。 The fiber diameter of the high-stretch fiber can be appropriately selected depending on the specific use of the nonwoven fabric in the raw material stage. When a non-woven fabric is used as a constituent member of an absorbent article such as a front sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferably used in an amount of 10 μm or more, particularly preferably 15 μm or more, and preferably 35 μm or less, particularly preferably When 30 μm or less is used, specifically, it is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, particularly 15 μm or more and 30 μm or less. The above fiber diameter was measured by the following method.

[纖維之纖維直徑之測定] [Determination of fiber diameter of fibers]

作為纖維之纖維直徑,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100),將纖維之剖面放大200倍~800倍進行觀察從而測定纖維之直徑(μm)。纖維之剖面係使用Feather剃刀(商品編號FAS-10,Feather Safety Razor股份有限公司製造),將纖維切斷而獲得。對所抽取之1根纖維測定5處近似為圓形時之纖維直徑,並將所分別測定之5處值之平均值設為纖維之直徑。 As the fiber diameter of the fiber, the fiber diameter (μm) was measured by observing the cross section of the fiber by 200 to 800 times using a scanning electron microscope (JCM-5100, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). The cross section of the fiber was obtained by cutting a fiber using a Feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). The fiber diameter at the time of five approximate circular shapes was measured for the extracted one fiber, and the average value of the five values measured separately was set as the diameter of the fiber.

關於在原料階段使用作為高伸度纖維之一例之熱伸長性纖維之情形,除上述熱伸長性纖維以外,亦可使用日本專利第4131852號公報、日本專利特開2005-350836號公報、日本專利特開2007-303035號公報、日本專利特開2007-204899號公報、日本專利特開2007-204901號公報及日本專利特開2007-204902號公報等中記載之纖維。 In the case of using the heat-extensible fiber as an example of the high-stretch fiber in the raw material stage, in addition to the above-mentioned heat-extensible fiber, Japanese Patent No. 4131852, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2005-350836, and Japanese Patent No. The fibers described in JP-A-2007-303035, JP-A-2007-204899, JP-A-2007-204901, and JP-A-2007-204902.

關於本發明(第1發明)之不織布,如圖3所示,著眼於不織布1A之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,該構成纖維11於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部16、16所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部17。具體而言,如圖3所示,著眼於不織布1A之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,其係纖維直徑較小之小徑部16以大致相同之纖維直徑自使與另一構成纖維11之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部12延出而形成。並且,著眼於該1根構成纖維11,其係於自相鄰之熔合部12、12各者所延出之小徑部16、16彼此之間,纖維直徑大於小徑部16 之大徑部17以大致相同之纖維直徑延出而形成。若進行詳細敍述,則不織布1A具有如下構成纖維11:著眼於1根構成纖維11,自相鄰之熔合部12、12中之一熔合部12朝另一熔合部12依序配置有一熔合部12側之小徑部16、1個大徑部17、另一熔合部12側之小徑部16。又,關於不織布1A,如圖3所示,著眼於不織布1A之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間具有具備複數個(不織布1A中為2個)大徑部17之構成纖維11。若進行詳細敍述,則不織布1A具有如下構成纖維11:著眼於1根構成纖維11,自相鄰之熔合部12、12中之一熔合部12朝另一熔合部12依序配置有一熔合部12側之小徑部16、第1個大徑部17、小徑部16、第2個大徑部17、另一熔合部12側之小徑部16。藉由如上述般以與提高不織布1A之剛性之熔合部12相鄰之方式存在低剛性之小徑部16,從而提高不織布1A之柔軟性,皮膚觸感變得良好。又,具備大徑部17越多、換言之於構成纖維11存在越多之低剛性之小徑部16,則不織布1A之柔軟性進一步提高,皮膚觸感變得更好。關於不織布1A,就皮膚觸感提高之觀點與不織布強度降低之觀點而言,著眼於1根構成纖維11,於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間較佳為具備1個以上之大徑部17,進而較佳為具備1個以上,並且較佳為具備5個以下,進而較佳為具備3個以下,具體而言,較佳為具備1個以上且5個以下,進而較佳為具備1個以上且3個以下。 As shown in Fig. 3, the non-woven fabric of the present invention (first invention) has one of the constituent fibers 11 of the non-woven fabric 1A, and the constituent fibers 11 have the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 therebetween. The large diameter portion 17 having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by the small diameter portions 16 and 16 having two small fiber diameters. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A is formed, and the small-diameter portion 16 having a small fiber diameter is self-contained with another constituent fiber with substantially the same fiber diameter. The fusion portion 12 formed by heat fusion at the intersection of 11 is formed to be extended. Further, attention is paid to the one constituent fiber 11 which is formed between the small diameter portions 16 and 16 which are extended from the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and has a fiber diameter larger than the small diameter portion 16 The large diameter portion 17 is formed by extending substantially the same fiber diameter. As described in detail, the nonwoven fabric 1A has the constituent fibers 11 which are focused on one constituent fiber 11 and have a fusion portion 12 disposed one by one from the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 to the other fusion portion 12 The small diameter portion 16 on the side, the one large diameter portion 17, and the small diameter portion 16 on the other fusion portion 12 side. In the non-woven fabric 1A, as shown in Fig. 3, one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A is formed, and a plurality of the adjacent constituent portions 12 and 12 are provided between the two nonwoven fabrics 1 and 12 (not in the nonwoven fabric 1A). The constituent fibers 11 of the large diameter portion 17 are formed. As described in detail, the nonwoven fabric 1A has the constituent fibers 11 which are focused on one constituent fiber 11 and have a fusion portion 12 disposed one by one from the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 to the other fusion portion 12 The small diameter portion 16 on the side, the first large diameter portion 17, the small diameter portion 16, the second large diameter portion 17, and the small diameter portion 16 on the other fusion portion 12 side. By having the small-diameter portion 16 having low rigidity adjacent to the fusion portion 12 for increasing the rigidity of the nonwoven fabric 1A as described above, the softness of the nonwoven fabric 1A is improved, and the skin feel is good. In addition, the smaller the large-diameter portion 17, in other words, the small-diameter portion 16 having a low rigidity in which the constituent fibers 11 are present, the flexibility of the nonwoven fabric 1A is further improved, and the skin feel is further improved. In the non-woven fabric 1A, from the viewpoint of improving the feeling of the skin and the strength of the non-woven fabric, attention is paid to one constituent fiber 11, and it is preferable to have one or more large diameters between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. The portion 17 is preferably one or more, and preferably has five or less, and more preferably three or less. Specifically, it is preferably one or more and five or less, and more preferably It has one or more and three or less.

小徑部16之纖維直徑(直徑L16)相對於大徑部17之纖維直徑(直徑L17)之比率(L16/L17)較佳為0.5以上,進而較佳為0.55以上,並且較佳為0.8以下,進而較佳為0.7以下,具體而言,較佳為0.5以上且0.8以下,進而較佳為0.55以上且0.7以下。具體而言,就皮膚觸感提高之觀點與不織布強度降低之觀點而言,小徑部16之纖維直徑(直徑L16)較佳為5μm以上,進而較佳為6.5μm以上,尤佳為7.5μm以上,並且較佳為28μm以下,進而較佳為20μm以下,尤佳為16μm以下,具體而 言,較佳為5μm以上且28μm以下,進而較佳為6.5μm以上且20μm以下,尤佳為7.5μm以上且16μm以下。就皮膚觸感提高之觀點而言,大徑部17之纖維直徑(直徑L17)較佳為10μm以上,進而較佳為13μm以上,尤佳為15μm以上,且較佳為35μm以下,進而較佳為25μm以下,尤佳為20μm以下,具體而言,較佳為10μm以上且35μm以下,進而較佳為13μm以上且25μm以下,尤佳為15μm以上且20μm以下。 The small-diameter portion 16 of the fiber diameter (L 16) with respect to the large diameter portion 17 of the fiber diameter (L 17) of the ratio (L 16 / L 17) is preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 0.55 or more, and more It is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.7 or less, and specifically preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, and more preferably 0.55 or more and 0.7 or less. Specifically, the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small-diameter portion 16 is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 6.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 7.5, from the viewpoint of improving the feeling of the skin and reducing the strength of the nonwoven fabric. It is preferably not more than μm, more preferably 28 μm or less, further preferably 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 16 μm or less, and specifically preferably 5 μm or more and 28 μm or less, more preferably 6.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm or more and 16 μm or less. The fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 13 μm or more, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more, and preferably 35 μm or less, from the viewpoint of improving the touch of the skin. It is preferably 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 20 μm or less. Specifically, it is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and still more preferably 15 μm or more and 20 μm or less.

小徑部16及大徑部17之纖維直徑(直徑L16、L17)係以與上述纖維之纖維直徑之測定相同之方式進行測定。 The fiber diameters (diameters L 16 and L 17 ) of the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 were measured in the same manner as the measurement of the fiber diameter of the above fibers.

又,本發明(第1發明)之不織布係以小徑部16之親水度小於大徑部17之親水度之方式形成。為了對纖維賦予此種親水度之變化,只要依據下述製造方法製造不織布1A即可。 Moreover, the non-woven fabric of the present invention (first invention) is formed such that the hydrophilicity of the small-diameter portion 16 is smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17. In order to impart such a change in hydrophilicity to the fiber, the nonwoven fabric 1A may be produced in accordance with the following production method.

本發明(第1發明)中所述之「親水度」係基於利用以下敍述之方法所測得之纖維之接觸角而判斷其程度。具體而言,親水度較低與接觸角較大含義相同,親水度較高與接觸角較小含義相同。 The "hydrophilicity" described in the first aspect of the present invention is determined based on the contact angle of the fibers measured by the method described below. Specifically, the lower hydrophilicity has the same meaning as the larger contact angle, and the higher hydrophilicity has the same meaning as the smaller contact angle.

[接觸角之測定方法] [Method of measuring contact angle]

隨機抽取複數個不織布1A之構成纖維11,自所抽取之構成纖維11中選出具備小徑部16及大徑部17之構成纖維11,對於該構成纖維11中之小徑部16之位置及大徑部17之位置處之水之接觸角進行測定。作為測定裝置,使用協和界面科學股份有限公司製造之自動接觸角計MCA-J。接觸角之測定時使用蒸餾水。將自噴墨式水滴噴出部(Cluster Technology公司製造,噴出部孔徑為25μm之脈衝噴射器CTC-25)噴出之液量設定為15微微升,並將水滴滴至小徑部16之位置及大徑部17之位置各自之正中央。將滴下之樣態錄影於與水平設置之相機連接之高速錄影裝置。就其後進行圖像解析之觀點而言,錄影裝置理想為組裝有高速度擷取裝置之個人電腦。於本測定中,每隔17 msec進行錄像。於所錄製之影像中,利用附帶軟體FAMAS(軟體之版本為2.6.2,解析方法設為液滴法,解析方法設為θ/2法,圖像處理算法設為無反射,圖像處理影像模式設為框架,臨限位準設為200,不進行曲率修正)對水滴滴著於所選出之構成纖維11之最初之圖像進行圖像解析,算出水滴之接觸空氣之面與纖維所成之角,將其設為接觸角。所選出之構成纖維11係裁斷為纖維長度1mm左右,並將該纖維置於接觸角計之試樣台,使之維持水平。對該1根纖維之小徑部16及大徑部17測定2處不同部位之接觸角。將N=5根之小徑部16及大徑部17之接觸角計測至小數點後1位,並對合計10處之測定值進行平均,將所得之平均值(四捨五入至小數點後第1位)定義為小徑部16及大徑部17之接觸角。 The constituent fibers 11 of the plurality of non-woven fabrics 1A are randomly selected, and the constituent fibers 11 having the small-diameter portion 16 and the large-diameter portion 17 are selected from the constituent fibers 11 to be extracted, and the position and size of the small-diameter portion 16 in the constituent fibers 11 are large. The contact angle of water at the position of the diameter portion 17 was measured. As the measuring device, an automatic contact angle meter MCA-J manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. was used. Distilled water was used for the measurement of the contact angle. The liquid amount ejected from the ink jet type water droplet ejecting portion (pulse ejector CTC-25 manufactured by Cluster Technology Co., Ltd., having a diameter of 25 μm) was set to 15 μL, and the water droplets were dropped to the position of the small diameter portion 16 and large. The positions of the diameter portions 17 are each located at the center of each. Record the dripping pattern on a high-speed video device connected to a horizontally-set camera. From the viewpoint of image analysis thereafter, the video apparatus is preferably a personal computer in which a high-speed pickup device is incorporated. In this assay, every 17 Msec is recording. In the recorded image, use the attached software FAMAS (software version is 2.6.2, analysis method is set to drop method, analysis method is set to θ/2 method, image processing algorithm is set to no reflection, image processing image The mode is set to the frame, and the threshold is set to 200, and the curvature correction is not performed. The image of the first image of the selected constituent fibers 11 is dropped on the water droplets, and the surface of the water contact with the fibers is calculated. The corner is set to the contact angle. The selected constituent fibers 11 were cut to a fiber length of about 1 mm, and the fibers were placed on a sample stage of the contact angle meter to maintain the level. The contact angles of the two different portions were measured for the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 of the one fiber. The contact angle of the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 of N=5 is measured to one decimal place, and the measured values of the total of 10 points are averaged, and the average value obtained is rounded to the first decimal place. The bit is defined as the contact angle of the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17.

就不織布1A之表面之液體殘留較少而提高指觸乾燥性之觀點而言,小徑部16之接觸角與大徑部17之接觸角之差(前者-後者)較佳為1度以上、尤其是5度以上、進而為10度以上,且較佳為25度以下、尤其是20度以下、進而為15度以下。例如接觸角之差較佳為1度以上且25度以下,更佳為5度以上且20度以下,進而較佳為10度以上且15度以下。具體而言,小徑部16之接觸角較佳為60度以上、尤其是70度以上、進而為80度以上,且較佳為100度以下、尤其是95度以下、進而為90度以下。例如小徑部16之接觸角較佳為60度以上且100度以下,更佳為70度以上且95度以下,進而較佳為80度以上且90度以下。又,大徑部17之接觸角較佳為55度以上、尤其是60度以上、進而為65度以上,且較佳為90度以下、尤其是85度以下、進而為80度以下。例如大徑部17之接觸角較佳為55度以上且90度以下,更佳為60度以上且85度以下,進而較佳為65度以上且80度以下。 The difference between the contact angle of the small-diameter portion 16 and the contact angle of the large-diameter portion 17 (the former - the latter) is preferably 1 degree or more, from the viewpoint that the liquid residue on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 1A is small and the dryness of the touch is improved. In particular, it is 5 degrees or more, further 10 degrees or more, and is preferably 25 degrees or less, particularly 20 degrees or less, and further 15 degrees or less. For example, the difference in contact angle is preferably 1 degree or more and 25 degrees or less, more preferably 5 degrees or more and 20 degrees or less, and still more preferably 10 degrees or more and 15 degrees or less. Specifically, the contact angle of the small diameter portion 16 is preferably 60 degrees or more, particularly 70 degrees or more, more preferably 80 degrees or more, and is preferably 100 degrees or less, particularly 95 degrees or less, and further 90 degrees or less. For example, the contact angle of the small diameter portion 16 is preferably 60 degrees or more and 100 degrees or less, more preferably 70 degrees or more and 95 degrees or less, and still more preferably 80 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less. Further, the contact angle of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 55 degrees or more, particularly 60 degrees or more, further 65 degrees or more, and preferably 90 degrees or less, particularly 85 degrees or less, and further 80 degrees or less. For example, the contact angle of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 55 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less, more preferably 60 degrees or more and 85 degrees or less, and still more preferably 65 degrees or more and 80 degrees or less.

又,關於本發明(第1發明)之不織布,如圖3所示,著眼於不織布1A之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,自鄰接於熔合部12之小徑部16 向大徑部17之變化點18係配置於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內。此處,所謂本發明(第1發明)之不織布之變化點18,其不包含自以較小之纖維直徑延出之小徑部16連續地向以纖維直徑大於小徑部16之纖維直徑延出之大徑部17逐漸變化之部位或者連續地經過複數個階段而向大徑部17變化之部位,意指纖維直徑發生極端變化之部位。又,於上述1根構成纖維11為芯鞘型複合纖維之情形時,所謂本發明(第1發明)之不織布之變化點18,其不包含因於構成芯部之第1樹脂成分與構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分之間發生剝離而纖維直徑發生變化之狀態,意指始終藉由延伸而使纖維直徑發生變化之部位。 Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the non-woven fabric of the present invention (first invention) focuses on one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A, and is adjacent to the small-diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fusion portion 12. The change point 18 to the large diameter portion 17 is disposed within a range from the fusion portion 12 to one third of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. Here, the change point 18 of the non-woven fabric of the present invention (first invention) does not include the small diameter portion 16 extending from the smaller fiber diameter continuously to the fiber diameter larger than the small diameter portion 16 A portion where the large diameter portion 17 gradually changes or a portion that continuously changes to the large diameter portion 17 through a plurality of stages means a portion where the fiber diameter extremely changes. In the case where the one constituent fiber 11 is a core-sheath type composite fiber, the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (first invention) does not include the first resin component and the constituent sheath constituting the core portion. The state in which the second resin component is separated from each other and the fiber diameter is changed means a portion where the fiber diameter is always changed by stretching.

又,所謂變化點18係配置於自熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內係指如下含義:隨機抽取不織布1A之構成纖維11,使用作為掃描式電子顯微鏡之日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名),以可對該構成纖維11如圖3所示般觀察構成纖維11之相鄰之熔合部12、12間之方式(100倍~300倍)進行放大。繼而,將相鄰之熔合部12、12之中心彼此之間隔T進行3等分,區分為一熔合部12側之區域AT、另一熔合部12側之區域BT、中央區域CT。然後,將變化點18配置於上述區域AT或上述區域BT。又,所謂變化點18係配置於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內之不織布1A,係指於隨機抽取20根不織布1A之構成纖維11時,於上述區域AT或上述區域BT配置有變化點18之構成纖維11於20根構成纖維11中具有至少1根以上的不織布。具體而言,就觸感提高之觀點而言,較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,尤佳為10根以上。 Further, the change point 18 is disposed in a range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and means that the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A are randomly selected and used. JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd., a scanning electron microscope, in which the constituent fibers 11 can be observed as shown in Fig. 3, and the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 of the fibers 11 are observed. (100 times to 300 times) to zoom in. Then, the distance T between the centers of the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 is divided into three equal parts, and is divided into a region AT on the side of the fusion portion 12, a region BT on the side of the other fusion portion 12, and a central region CT. Then, the change point 18 is placed in the above-described area AT or the above-described area BT. Further, the change point 18 is disposed in the non-woven fabric 1A in the range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and means that 20 non-woven fabrics 1A are randomly selected. When the fibers 11 are formed, the constituent fibers 11 having the change points 18 in the region AT or the region BT have at least one nonwoven fabric in the 20 constituent fibers 11. Specifically, from the viewpoint of improving the feeling of touch, it is preferably one or more, more preferably five or more, and still more preferably 10 or more.

如下述般,本實施形態之不織布1A藉由延伸,不僅側部區13c而且凸條部13之頂部即頂部區13a及凹條部14之底部即底部區13b均得以 延伸,相較於延伸前之原料不織布,不織布整體之纖維密度降低。藉此,不織布1A整體之通液性與通氣性均提高。於頂部區13a、底部區13b及側部區13c中,尤其容易被延伸、纖維密度容易降低者為側部區13c,於側部區13c,通液性與通氣性均尤其提高。 As described below, the non-woven fabric 1A of the present embodiment is extended not only by the side portion 13c but also the top portion 13a at the top of the ridge portion 13 and the bottom portion 13b at the bottom of the concave portion 14 The fiber density of the nonwoven fabric is reduced as compared with the raw material non-woven fabric before stretching. Thereby, the liquid permeability and air permeability of the nonwoven fabric 1A as a whole are improved. In the top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b, and the side portion 13c, the side portion 13c is particularly easy to be stretched, and the fiber density is easily lowered. In the side portion 13c, the liquid permeability and the air permeability are particularly improved.

本實施形態之不織布1A係以側部區13c之纖維密度小於凸條部13之頂部即頂部區13a之纖維密度及凹條部14之底部即底部區13b之纖維密度之方式形成。此處,所謂纖維密度係指不織布1A之每單位體積之纖維質量。所謂纖維密度較高,意指不織布1A之每單位體積所存在之纖維量較多,纖維間距離較小。所謂纖維密度較低,意指不織布1A之每單位體積所存在之纖維量較少,纖維間距離較大。再者,纖維密度較高之部位其毛細管力升高,纖維密度較低之部位其毛細管力降低。 The non-woven fabric 1A of the present embodiment is formed such that the fiber density of the side portion 13c is smaller than the fiber density of the top portion 13a which is the top of the ridge portion 13, and the fiber density of the bottom portion 13b which is the bottom of the concave portion 14. Here, the fiber density means the fiber mass per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1A. The higher fiber density means that the amount of fibers per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1A is large, and the distance between the fibers is small. The lower fiber density means that the amount of fibers per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1A is small and the distance between the fibers is large. Further, the capillary strength is increased in the portion where the fiber density is high, and the capillary force is lowered in the portion where the fiber density is low.

如圖2所示剖面觀察不織布1A時,不織布1A係以使凸條部13之頂部(頂部區13a)及凹條部14之底部(底部區13b)之間之側部區13c之纖維密度最小之方式形成。因此,於側部區13c,不織布1A之每單位體積所存在之纖維量變得最少,纖維間距離變得最大,不織布1A整體之通氣性提高並且通液性亦得以提高。進而,藉由以使側部區13c之纖維密度最小之方式形成,凸條部13變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,可實現良好之皮膚觸感。為了對側部區13c賦予此種纖維密度,只要依據下述之製造方法製造不織布1A即可。 When the non-woven fabric 1A is viewed in cross section as shown in Fig. 2, the nonwoven fabric 1A is such that the fiber density of the side portion 13c between the top portion (top portion 13a) of the ridge portion 13 and the bottom portion (bottom portion 13b) of the concave strip portion 14 is minimized. The way it is formed. Therefore, in the side portion 13c, the amount of fibers per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1A is minimized, the distance between fibers is maximized, and the air permeability of the nonwoven fabric 1A as a whole is improved and the liquid permeability is also improved. Further, by forming the fiber density of the side portion 13c to a minimum, the ridge portion 13 easily follows the movement of the wearer's skin, and a good skin feel can be achieved. In order to impart such a fiber density to the side portion 13c, the nonwoven fabric 1A may be produced in accordance with the following production method.

側部區13c之纖維密度(D15)相對於頂部區13a之纖維密度(D13)之比率、或相對於底部區13b之纖維密度(D14)之比率(D15/D13,D15/D14)較佳為0.15以上,進而較佳為0.2以上,並且較佳為0.9以下,進而較佳為0.8以下,具體而言,較佳為0.15以上且0.9以下,進而較佳為0.2以上且0.8以下。又,關於不織布1A之纖維密度之具體值,頂部區13a之纖維密度(D13)較佳為80根/mm2以上,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上, 並且較佳為200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為180根/mm2以下,具體而言,較佳為80根/mm2以上且200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上且180根/mm2以下。又,底部區13b之纖維密度(D14)較佳為80根/mm2以上,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上,並且較佳為200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為180根/mm2以下,具體而言,較佳為80根/mm2以上且200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上且180根/mm2以下。又,側部區13c之纖維密度(D15)較佳為30根/mm2以上,進而較佳為40根/mm2以上,並且較佳為80根/mm2以下,進而較佳為70根/mm2以下,具體而言,較佳為30根/mm2以上且80根/mm2以下,進而較佳為40根/mm2以上且70根/mm2以下。頂部區13a之纖維密度係於凸條部13之頂點附近之位置進行測定。底部區13b之纖維密度係於凹條部14之底點附近之位置進行測定。纖維密度之測定方法如下所述。 Lateral zones fiber density 13c of (D 15) with respect to the fiber density (D 13) at the top region 13a of the rate, or relative to the fiber density (D 14) the bottom of the region 13b of the ratio (D 15 / D 13, D 15 /D 14 ) is preferably 0.15 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, and is preferably 0.9 or less, further preferably 0.8 or less, specifically, preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, and more preferably 0.2 or more. And 0.8 or less. Further, regarding the specific value of the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric 1A, the fiber density (D 13 ) of the top portion 13a is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more, further preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more, and preferably 200 pieces / Mm 2 or less is more preferably 180 pieces/mm 2 or less, and specifically, preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more and 200 pieces/mm 2 or less, and more preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more and 180 pieces / Below mm 2 . Further, the fiber density (D 14 ) of the bottom portion 13b is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more, further preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more, and more preferably 200 pieces/mm 2 or less, and further preferably 180 pieces. / mm 2 or less, specifically, is preferably 80 / mm 2 or more and 200 / mm 2 or less, further preferably 90 / mm 2 or more and 180 / mm 2 or less. Further, the fiber density (D 15 ) of the side portion 13c is preferably 30 pieces/mm 2 or more, more preferably 40 pieces/mm 2 or more, and further preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or less, and further preferably 70 pieces. The root/mm 2 or less is specifically 30 pieces/mm 2 or more and 80 pieces/mm 2 or less, and more preferably 40 pieces/mm 2 or more and 70 pieces/mm 2 or less. The fiber density of the top portion 13a is measured at a position near the apex of the ridge portion 13. The fiber density of the bottom portion 13b is measured at a position near the bottom point of the concave portion 14. The method for measuring the fiber density is as follows.

[頂部區13a、底部區13b或側部區13c之纖維密度之測定方法] [Method for Measuring Fiber Density of Top Zone 13a, Bottom Zone 13b or Side Zone 13c]

使用Feather剃刀(商品編號FAS-10,Feather Safety Razor股份有限公司製造)切斷不織布,關於頂部區13a之纖維密度,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡,對於將不織布之切斷面之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之上方部位即凸條部13之頂點附近進行放大觀察(調整為可計測30~60根纖維之纖維剖面之倍率;150~500倍),藉由每一定面積(0.5mm2)之上述切斷面,計數所切斷之纖維之剖面數。繼而,換算成每1mm2之纖維之剖面數,將其設為頂部區13a之纖維密度。測定係以3處部位進行,進行平均並將其設為該試樣之纖維密度。同樣地,關於底部區13b之纖維密度,對於將不織布之切斷面之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之下方部位即凹條部14之底點附近進行測定而求出。同樣地,關於側部區13c之纖維密度,對於將不織布之切斷面之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之中央部位進行測定而求出。再者,作為掃描式電子顯微鏡,使用日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名)。 The nonwoven fabric was cut with a Feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.), and the fiber density of the top region 13a was measured by using a scanning electron microscope, and the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric was 3 in the Z direction. The upper part of the time division, that is, the vicinity of the apex of the ridge portion 13 is magnified and observed (adjusted to measure the magnification of the fiber profile of 30 to 60 fibers; 150 to 500 times), by the above-mentioned area (0.5 mm 2 ) Cut the surface and count the number of sections of the cut fiber. Then, the number of sections of the fiber per 1 mm 2 was converted into the fiber density of the top portion 13a. The measurement was carried out at three locations, and averaged and set as the fiber density of the sample. In the same manner, the fiber density of the bottom portion 13b is determined by measuring the vicinity of the bottom point of the concave portion 14 when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Similarly, the fiber density of the side portion 13c is determined by measuring the center portion when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Further, as a scanning electron microscope, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used.

又,本實施形態之不織布1A係以構成側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數多於成頂部區13a及底部區13b之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數之方式形成。藉此,頂部區13a變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,可實現良好之皮膚觸感。構成側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N15)相對於構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N13)之比率、或相對於構成底部區13b之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N14)之比率(N15/N13,N15/N14)較佳為2以上,進而較佳為5以上,並且較佳為20以下,進而較佳為20以下,具體而言,較佳為2以上且20以下,進而較佳為5以上且20以下。又,關於不織布1A之具有變化點18之纖維根數之具體值,構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N13)較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,並且較佳為15根以下,進而較佳為15根以下,具體而言,較佳為1根以上且15根以下,進而較佳為5根以上且15根以下。又,構成底部區13b之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N14)較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,並且較佳為15根以下,進而較佳為15根以下,具體而言,較佳為1根以上且15根以下,進而較佳為5根以上且15根以下。又,構成側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N15)較佳為5根以上,進而較佳為10根以上,並且較佳為20根以下,進而較佳為20根以下,具體而言,較佳為5根以上且20根以下,進而較佳為10根以上且20根以下。具有變化點18之纖維根數之測定方法如下所述。 Further, in the nonwoven fabric 1A of the present embodiment, the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the side portion 13c is larger than the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers of the top portion 13a and the bottom portion 13b. The way is formed. Thereby, the top region 13a becomes easy to follow the movement of the wearer's skin, and a good skin feel can be achieved. The ratio of the number of fibers (N 15 ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion 13c to the number of fibers (N 13 ) having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a, or relative to the constitution The ratio (N 15 /N 13 , N 15 /N 14 ) of the number of fibers (N 14 ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers of the bottom portion 13b is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and is preferably. It is 20 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and specifically, it is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. Further, regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1A, the number of fibers (N 13 ) having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a is preferably one or more, and more preferably 5 or more. The roots are preferably 15 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and specifically preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Further, the number of fibers (N 14 ) having a change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom portion 13b is preferably one or more, more preferably five or more, and preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 15 or less. Specifically, the roots are preferably one or more and 15 or less, and more preferably five or more and 15 or less. Further, the number of fibers (N 15 ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion 13c is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and still preferably 20 or less, and further preferably 20 or less, specifically, it is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less. The method of measuring the number of fibers having the change point 18 is as follows.

[構成頂部區13a、底部區13b或側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數之測定方法] [Method for Measuring the Number of Fibers Having Change Point 18 among the constituent fibers of the top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b, or the side portion 13c]

關於構成頂部區13a之構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維根數,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡,對於將不織布之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之上方部位即凸條部13之頂點附近進行放大觀察(調整為可計測30~60根纖 維之纖維剖面之倍率;50~500倍),隨機抽取20根構成頂部區13a之構成纖維11,計數20根構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維數。於熔合部彼此之間具有1個以上之變化點18之情形時,設為具有變化點18之纖維數,於具有複數個之情形時,亦設為1根。將其設為構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數。測定係以3處部位進行,進行平均並將其設為該試樣之構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數。同樣地,關於構成底部區13b之構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維根數,對於將不織布之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之下方部位即凹條部14之底點附近進行測定而求出。同樣地,關於構成側部區13c之構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維根數,對於將不織布之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之中央部位進行測定而求出。再者,作為掃描式電子顯微鏡,使用日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名)。 The number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top portion 13a is enlarged by the scanning electron microscope, and the vicinity of the apex portion of the ridge portion 13 when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction is enlarged. Observation (adjusted to measure 30~60 fibers The ratio of the fiber profile of the dimension is 50 to 500 times, and 20 constituent fibers 11 constituting the top portion 13a are randomly selected, and the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 is counted. When there is one or more change points 18 between the fusion portions, the number of fibers having the change point 18 is set to be one, and when there are a plurality of fibers, the number is also one. This is taken as the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a. The measurement was carried out at three locations, and the average was made into the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a of the sample. Similarly, the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the bottom portion 13b is measured in the vicinity of the bottom point of the concave portion 14 when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Out. Similarly, the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side portion 13c is determined by measuring the center portion when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Further, as a scanning electron microscope, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used.

本實施形態之不織布1A例如可使用於具有配置於皮膚對向面側之正面片材、配置於非皮膚對向面側之背面片材、及介置於上述兩片材間之吸收體的拋棄式尿布或者生理用衛生棉等吸收性物品。尤其是可由不織布1A形成該吸收性物品之構成構件中之上述正面片材、或由不織布1A形成配置於上述正面片材與上述吸收體之間之液體透過性次層。若由不織布1A形成上述正面片材,則由於不織布1A為凹凸構造之不織布,故而與皮膚之接觸面積率降低,更難以發生摩擦。又,若由不織布1A形成上述正面片材或上述次層,則由於不織布1A為凹凸構造之不織布,故而耐壓縮性提高,緩衝感提高,並且可防止體液之回滲。 The nonwoven fabric 1A of the present embodiment can be used, for example, for a front sheet having a skin facing surface side, a back sheet disposed on the non-skin opposing surface side, and a disposable body interposed between the two sheets. Absorbent articles such as diapers or sanitary napkins. In particular, the front sheet of the constituent member of the absorbent article may be formed of the nonwoven fabric 1A, or the liquid permeable sublayer disposed between the front sheet and the absorbent body may be formed of the nonwoven fabric 1A. When the front sheet is formed of the nonwoven fabric 1A, since the nonwoven fabric 1A is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure, the contact area ratio with the skin is lowered, and friction is more difficult to occur. In addition, when the nonwoven fabric 1A is formed of the nonwoven fabric 1A, the nonwoven fabric 1A is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure, so that the compression resistance is improved, the cushioning feeling is improved, and the backwash of the body fluid can be prevented.

關於不織布1A之厚度,將不織布1A於側視時之整體厚度設為片材厚度TS,將其經凹凸彎曲之不織布1A之局部厚度設為層厚TL。片材厚度TS只要根據用途進行適當調節即可,於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,較佳為0.5mm以上,更佳為1mm以上,並且 較佳為7mm以下,更佳為5mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.5mm以上且7mm以下,更佳為1mm以上且5mm以下。藉由設為該範圍,使用時之體液吸收速度加快,可抑制自吸收體之回液,實現更適度之緩衝性。 Regarding the thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1A, the overall thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1A when viewed from the side is the sheet thickness T S , and the partial thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1A which is bent by the unevenness is defined as the layer thickness T L . The sheet thickness T S may be appropriately adjusted according to the use, and is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, and preferably 7 mm or less when used as a front sheet or a secondary layer of an absorbent article. More preferably, it is 5 mm or less, and specifically, it is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 7 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less. By setting it as this range, the body fluid absorption rate at the time of use is accelerated, and the liquid return of the self-absorber can be suppressed, and the moderate cushioning property can be implement|achieved.

層厚TL於不織布1A內之各部位可有所不同,只要根據用途進行適當調節即可。於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,頂部區13a之層厚TL1較佳為0.1mm以上,更佳為0.2mm以上,並且較佳為3.0mm以下,更佳為2.0mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.1mm以上且3.0mm以下,更佳為0.2mm以上且2.0mm以下。底部區13b之層厚TL2較佳為0.1mm以上,更佳為0.2mm以上,並且較佳為3.0mm以下,更佳為2.0mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.1mm以上且3.0mm以下,更佳為0.2mm以上且2.0mm以下。側部區13c之層厚TL3較佳為0.1mm以上,更佳為0.2mm以上,並且較佳為3.0mm以下,更佳為2.0mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.1mm以上且3.0mm以下,更佳為0.2mm以上且2.0mm以下。藉由設為該範圍,使用時之體液吸收速度加快,可抑制自吸收體之回液,實現更適度之緩衝性。 The layer thickness T L may be different in each portion in the nonwoven fabric 1A, and may be appropriately adjusted according to the use. When used as a front sheet or a sub-layer of an absorbent article, the layer thickness T L1 of the top portion 13a is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less, specifically, it is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The layer thickness T L2 of the bottom portion 13b is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The layer thickness T L3 of the side portion 13c is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0. Below mm, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. By setting it as this range, the body fluid absorption rate at the time of use is accelerated, and the liquid return of the self-absorber can be suppressed, and the moderate cushioning property can be implement|achieved.

片材厚度TS及層厚TL係利用以下之方法進行測定。 The sheet thickness T S and the layer thickness T L were measured by the following methods.

片材厚度TS之測定方法係於對不織布1A施加0.05kPa之荷重之狀態下,使用厚度測定器進行測定。厚度測定器使用的是Omron公司製造之雷射位移計。厚度測定係測定10處,算出其等之平均值並將其設為厚度。 The measurement method of the sheet thickness T S was carried out using a thickness measuring device while applying a load of 0.05 kPa to the nonwoven fabric 1A. The thickness gauge is a laser displacement meter manufactured by Omron. In the thickness measurement system, 10 points were measured, and the average value of these was calculated and made into thickness.

層厚TL之測定法係藉由KEYENCE股份有限公司製造之數位顯微鏡VHX-900,以約20倍左右放大片材之剖面,藉此測定各層之厚度。 The layer thickness T L was measured by a digital microscope VHX-900 manufactured by KEYENCE Co., Ltd., and the thickness of each layer was measured by magnifying the cross section of the sheet by about 20 times.

俯視不織布1A時,Y方向上相鄰之頂部區13a彼此之間距只要根據用途進行適當調節即可,於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,較佳為1mm以上,更佳為1.5mm以上,並且較佳為15mm以 下,更佳為10mm以下,具體而言,較佳為1mm以上且15mm以下,更佳為1.5mm以上且10mm以下。 When the non-woven fabric 1A is viewed from above, the distance between the adjacent top regions 13a in the Y direction may be appropriately adjusted according to the use, and when used as a front sheet or a sub-layer of an absorbent article, it is preferably 1 mm or more. Preferably, it is 1.5 mm or more, and preferably 15 mm. More preferably, it is 10 mm or less, and specifically, it is preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less.

又,不織布1A之基重亦取決於不織布1A之具體用途,於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,以片材整體之平均值計,較佳為15g/m2以上,更佳為20g/m2以上,並且較佳為50g/m2以下,更佳為40g/m2以下,具體而言,較佳為15g/m2以上且50g/m2以下,更佳為20g/m2以上且40g/m2以下。 Further, the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric 1A also depends on the specific use of the nonwoven fabric 1A, and in the case of being used as the front sheet or the secondary layer of the absorbent article, it is preferably 15 g/m 2 or more based on the average value of the entire sheet. More preferably, it is 20 g/m 2 or more, and is preferably 50 g/m 2 or less, more preferably 40 g/m 2 or less, and specifically, preferably 15 g/m 2 or more and 50 g/m 2 or less, more preferably It is 20 g/m 2 or more and 40 g/m 2 or less.

又,於不織布1A之構成纖維11之表面附著有纖維處理劑。尤佳為於原料階段,於構成纖維11中之高伸度纖維之表面附著有纖維處理劑。上述纖維處理劑較佳為包含具有延展性之成分,進而較佳為包含具有延展性之成分與親水性成分。此處,所謂具有延展性之成分,係指若附著於纖維之表面,則低溫下容易於纖維之表面擴展且低溫下之流動性優異之成分。作為此種具有延展性之成分,可列舉玻璃轉移點較低且分子鏈具有柔軟性之聚矽氧樹脂,作為聚矽氧樹脂,可較佳地使用以Si-O-Si鏈作為主鏈之聚有機矽氧烷。認為於纖維表面所附著之纖維處理劑中包含具有延展性之成分與親水性成分之情形時,具有延展性之成分於使纖維延伸時容易擴展,而親水性成分難以擴展,藉此,纖維之延伸部位之親水度發生變化。 Further, a fiber treatment agent is adhered to the surface of the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1A. More preferably, in the raw material stage, a fiber treating agent is adhered to the surface of the high-stretch fiber constituting the fiber 11. The fiber treating agent preferably contains a ductile component, and further preferably contains a ductile component and a hydrophilic component. Here, the component having ductility means a component which is easily spread on the surface of the fiber at a low temperature and has excellent fluidity at a low temperature when it adheres to the surface of the fiber. As such a ductile component, a polyoxyxylene resin having a low glass transition point and a flexible molecular chain is exemplified, and as the polyfluorene oxide resin, a Si-O-Si chain as a main chain can be preferably used. Polyorganosiloxane. When the fiber treatment agent attached to the surface of the fiber contains a ductile component and a hydrophilic component, the ductile component is easily spread when the fiber is stretched, and the hydrophilic component is difficult to expand, whereby the fiber is difficult to expand. The hydrophilicity of the extension changes.

再者,成為如具有延展性之成分般之纖維處理劑含有成分之含量基準的「纖維處理劑」只要無特別說明,則為「附著於不織布之纖維處理劑」,而非附著於不織布之前之纖維處理劑。於使纖維處理劑附著於凹凸不織布之情形時,通常使用將纖維處理劑利用水等適當之溶劑進行稀釋而成者,故而纖維處理劑含有成分之含量、例如具有延展性之成分於纖維處理劑中之含量能夠成為以該經稀釋之纖維處理劑之總質量作為基準者。 In addition, the "fiber treatment agent" which is based on the content of the fiber treatment agent-containing component as a component having ductility is "the fiber treatment agent attached to the nonwoven fabric" unless otherwise specified, and is not attached to the nonwoven fabric. Fiber treatment agent. When the fiber treatment agent is adhered to the uneven fabric, the fiber treatment agent is usually diluted with a suitable solvent such as water. Therefore, the fiber treatment agent contains the content of the component, for example, a component having ductility in the fiber treatment agent. The content in the middle can be based on the total mass of the diluted fiber treating agent.

又,是否為具有延展性之成分係以如下方式進行判斷。具體而 言,對於其他未施予纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維之表面賦予所欲判斷之纖維處理劑,基於上述[接觸角之測定方法]測定賦予有該纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維之親水度。繼而,將賦予有該纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維延伸2.0倍,形成小徑部16及大徑部17。並且,基於上述[接觸角之測定方法],對所形成之大徑部17之親水度進行測定。並且,於所測定之延伸前之高伸度纖維之親水度與所測定之大徑部17之親水度之差為10度以上之情形時,判斷為該纖維處理劑之含有成分為具有延展性之成分。換言之,自不織布1A之構成纖維中選出具備小徑部16及大徑部17之構成纖維11,基於上述[接觸角之測定方法],對於該構成纖維11中之小徑部16之位置及大徑部17之位置處之水之接觸角進行測定。並且,於所測定之小徑部16之接觸角與所測定之大徑部17之接觸角之差為10度以上之情形時,判斷為於纖維處理劑中含有具有延展性之成分。又,於針對於市售之尿布等製品所使用之不織布之構成纖維進行判斷之情形時,將成為對象之不織布自製品剝離,使用乙醇或乙醇/甲醇混合溶劑萃取處理劑,進行成分分析。於是,對所鑑定之成分進行上述測定,判斷各成分是否為具有延展性之劑。 Moreover, whether or not it is a component having ductility is judged as follows. Specifically In other words, the fiber treatment agent to be judged is applied to the surface of the high-stretch fiber having no fiber treatment agent, and the hydrophilicity of the high-stretch fiber to which the fiber treatment agent is imparted is measured based on the above [measurement method of contact angle]. . Then, the high-stretch fiber to which the fiber treatment agent is applied is extended by 2.0 times to form the small-diameter portion 16 and the large-diameter portion 17. Then, based on the above [measurement method of contact angle], the hydrophilicity of the formed large diameter portion 17 is measured. Further, when the difference between the hydrophilicity of the high-stretch fiber before the measurement and the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17 measured is 10 degrees or more, it is determined that the component of the fiber treatment agent is ductile. The ingredients. In other words, the constituent fibers 11 having the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 are selected from the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 1A, and the position and the large diameter portion 16 of the constituent fibers 11 are large based on the above [measurement method of the contact angle]. The contact angle of water at the position of the diameter portion 17 was measured. When the difference between the contact angle of the small diameter portion 16 to be measured and the contact angle of the large diameter portion 17 to be measured is 10 degrees or more, it is determined that the fiber treatment agent contains a ductile component. In the case where the constituent fibers of the non-woven fabric used for the products such as diapers are commercially available, the target nonwoven fabric is peeled off from the product, and the treatment agent is extracted with an ethanol or ethanol/methanol mixed solvent to carry out component analysis. Then, the above-described measurement was performed on the identified components, and it was judged whether or not each component was a ductile agent.

作為聚有機矽氧烷,可使用直鏈狀者、具有交聯二維或三維網狀結構者中之任一者。較佳為實質上直鏈狀者。 As the polyorganosiloxane, any one of a linear one having a crosslinked two-dimensional or three-dimensional network structure can be used. It is preferably a substantially linear one.

作為聚有機矽氧烷中之較佳者之具體例,為烷基烷氧基矽烷或芳基烷氧基矽烷、烷基鹵代矽氧烷之聚合物或環狀矽氧烷,作為烷氧基,典型的是甲氧基。作為烷基,適宜為可具有碳數1以上且18以下、較佳為1以上且8以下、尤其是1以上且4以下之側鏈之烷基。作為芳基,可例示苯基或烷基苯基、烷氧基苯基等。亦可為環己基或環戊基等環狀烴基、如苄基之芳烷基代替烷基或芳基。 As a preferred example of the polyorganooxane, a polymer of an alkyl alkoxy decane or an aryl alkoxy decane, an alkyl halo oxane or a cyclic decane is used as the alkoxy group. Base, typically methoxy. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group which may have a side chain of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, especially 1 or more and 4 or less. As the aryl group, a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group, an alkoxyphenyl group or the like can be exemplified. It may also be a cyclic hydrocarbon group such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclopentyl group, or an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, in place of an alkyl group or an aryl group.

作為較佳之最典型之聚有機矽氧烷,可列舉聚二甲基矽氧烷、聚二乙基矽氧烷、聚二丙基矽氧烷等,尤佳為聚二甲基矽氧烷。 Preferred examples of the polyorganooxynonane which are most preferable include polydimethyl methoxy olefin, polydiethyl decane, polydipropyl decane, and the like, and more preferably polydimethyl siloxane.

聚有機矽氧烷之分子量較佳為高分子量,具體而言,以重量平均分子量計,較佳為10萬以上,更佳為15萬以上,進而較佳為20萬以上,且較佳為100萬以下,更佳為80萬以下,進而較佳為60萬以下。又,作為聚有機矽氧烷,亦可使用2種以上之分子量不同之聚有機矽氧烷。於使用2種以上之分子量不同之聚有機矽氧烷之情形時,其中一種之重量平均分子量較佳為10萬以上,更佳為15萬以上,進而較佳為20萬以上,又,較佳為100萬以下,更佳為80萬以下,進而較佳為60萬以下,另一種之重量平均分子量較佳為未達10萬,更佳為5萬以下,更佳為3萬5千以下,進而較佳為2萬以下,又,較佳為2000以上,更佳為3000以上,進而較佳為5000以上。又,重量平均分子量為10萬以上之聚有機矽氧烷與重量平均分子量未達10萬之聚有機矽氧烷之較佳調配比率(前者:後者)以質量比計較佳為1:10~4:1,更佳為1:5~2:1。 The molecular weight of the polyorganosiloxane is preferably a high molecular weight, and specifically, it is preferably 100,000 or more, more preferably 150,000 or more, still more preferably 200,000 or more, and preferably 100, in terms of weight average molecular weight. More than 10,000, more preferably 800,000 or less, and even more preferably 600,000 or less. Further, as the polyorganosiloxane, two or more kinds of polyorganosiloxanes having different molecular weights may be used. When two or more kinds of polyorganosiloxanes having different molecular weights are used, the weight average molecular weight of one of them is preferably 100,000 or more, more preferably 150,000 or more, still more preferably 200,000 or more, and further preferably It is 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less, further preferably 600,000 or less, and the other weight average molecular weight is preferably less than 100,000, more preferably 50,000 or less, and even more preferably 35,000 or less. Further, it is preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or more, still more preferably 3,000 or more, still more preferably 5,000 or more. Further, a preferred blending ratio of the polyorganosiloxane having a weight average molecular weight of 100,000 or more to a polyorganosiloxane having a weight average molecular weight of less than 100,000 (the former: the latter) is preferably 1:10 to 4 by mass ratio. :1, more preferably 1:5~2:1.

聚有機矽氧烷之重量平均分子量係使用GPC(gel permeation chromatography,凝膠滲透層析法)進行測定。測定條件如下所述。又,換算分子量之計算係以聚苯乙烯進行。 The weight average molecular weight of the polyorganosiloxane is measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). The measurement conditions are as follows. Further, the calculation of the converted molecular weight is carried out in polystyrene.

分離管柱:GMHHR-H+GMHHR-H(陽離子) Separation column: GMHHR-H+GMHHR-H (cation)

溶離液:L Farmin DM20/CHCl3 Dissolution: L Farmin DM20/CHCl 3

溶劑流速:1.0ml/min Solvent flow rate: 1.0ml/min

分離管柱溫度:40℃ Separation column temperature: 40 ° C

就使纖維之親水度大幅變化之觀點而言,聚有機矽氧烷於纖維處理劑中之含量較佳為1質量%以上,進而較佳為5質量%以上,並且較佳為30質量%以下,進而較佳為20質量%以下。具體而言,聚有機矽氧烷於纖維處理劑中之含量較佳為1質量%以上且30質量%以下,進而較佳為5質量%以上且20質量%以下。 The content of the polyorganosiloxane in the fiber treatment agent is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and preferably 30% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of greatly changing the hydrophilicity of the fiber. Further, it is preferably 20% by mass or less. Specifically, the content of the polyorganosiloxane in the fiber treatment agent is preferably 1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.

作為聚有機矽氧烷,亦可使用市售品。例如,信越化學工業股 份有限公司製造之「KF-96H-100萬Cs」、Toray-Dow Corning公司製造之「SH200 Fluid 1000000Cs」,又,作為含有2種聚有機矽氧烷者,可使用信越化學工業股份有限公司製造之「KM-903」或Toray-Dow Corning股份有限公司製造之「BY22-060」。 As the polyorganosiloxane, a commercially available product can also be used. For example, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "KF-96H-100M Cs" manufactured by Co., Ltd., "SH200 Fluid 1000000Cs" manufactured by Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd., and, as a product containing two kinds of polyorganosiloxanes, can be manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. "KM-903" or "BY22-060" manufactured by Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd.

作為親水性成分,可使用兩性離子性界面活性劑、或者非離子性界面活性劑等。 As the hydrophilic component, a zwitterionic surfactant or a nonionic surfactant can be used.

作為兩性離子性界面活性劑之例,可列舉:烷基(碳數1~30)甜菜鹼、烷基(碳數1~30)醯胺烷基(碳數1~4)二甲基甜菜鹼、烷基(碳數1~30)二羥基烷基(碳數1~30)甜菜鹼、磺基甜菜鹼型兩性界面活性劑等甜菜鹼型兩性離子性界面活性劑、或丙胺酸型[烷基(碳數1~30)胺基丙酸型、烷基(碳數1~30)亞胺基二丙酸型等]兩性界面活性劑、烷基甜菜鹼等甘胺酸型[烷基(碳數1~30)胺基乙酸型等]兩性界面活性劑等胺基酸型兩性界面活性劑、烷基(碳數1~30)牛磺酸型等之胺基磺酸型兩性界面活性劑。其中,較佳為甜菜鹼型兩性離子性界面活性劑,更佳為烷基(碳數1~30)甜菜鹼,尤佳為碳數16~22(例如硬脂基)之烷基甜菜鹼。 Examples of the amphoteric ionic surfactant include an alkyl group (having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) of a betaine, an alkyl group (having a carbon number of 1 to 30), a decylalkyl group (carbon number 1 to 4), dimethylbetaine. Alkaloid (carbon number 1 to 30) dihydroxyalkyl (carbon number 1 to 30) betaine, sulfobetaine type amphoteric surfactant, etc., betaine type zwitterionic surfactant, or alanine type [alkane Base (carbon number 1 to 30) aminopropionic acid type, alkyl group (carbon number 1 to 30) imine dipropionic acid type, etc.] amphoteric surfactant, alkyl betaine and other glycine type [alkyl ( Amino acid type amphoteric surfactant such as amphoteric surfactant, and amino acid sulfonic acid type amphoteric surfactant such as an amphoteric surfactant such as a carbon number of 1 to 30) . Among them, a betaine-type amphoteric surfactant is preferred, and an alkyl (carbon number: 1 to 30) betaine is preferred, and an alkylbetaine having a carbon number of 16 to 22 (e.g., stearyl) is preferred.

作為非離子性界面活性劑之例,可列舉:甘油脂肪酸酯、聚(較佳為n=2~10)甘油脂肪酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯等多元醇脂肪酸酯(均較佳為脂肪酸之碳數8~60)、聚氧伸烷基(加成莫耳數2~20)烷基(碳數8~22)醯胺、聚氧伸烷基(加成莫耳數2~20)烷基(碳數8~22)醚、聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧、胺基改性聚矽氧等。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyglycerol fatty acid esters such as glycerin fatty acid esters, poly (preferably n = 2 to 10) glycerin fatty acid esters, and sorbitan fatty acid esters. It is a fatty acid having a carbon number of 8 to 60), a polyoxyalkylene group (additional molar number of 2 to 20), an alkyl group (carbon number of 8 to 22), a polyamine alkyl group (additional molar number 2~) 20) an alkyl group (carbon number 8 to 22) ether, a polyoxyalkylene group-modified polyfluorene oxide, an amine group modified polyoxane, and the like.

上述纖維處理劑較佳為除含有具有延展性之成分、及親水性成分以外亦含有疏水性成分。作為疏水性成分,可列舉:磷酸烷基酯、下述通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑(以下亦簡稱為「陰離子界面活性劑」)等。 The fiber treatment agent preferably contains a hydrophobic component in addition to a component having ductility and a hydrophilic component. The hydrophobic component may, for example, be an alkyl phosphate or an anionic surfactant represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter also simply referred to as "anionic surfactant").

[化1] [Chemical 1]

(式中,Z表示可包含酯基、醯胺基、胺基、聚氧伸烷基、醚基或雙鍵之碳數1~12之直鏈或支鏈之烷基鏈,R1及R2分別獨立表示可包含酯基、醯胺基、聚氧伸烷基、醚基或雙鍵之碳數2~16之直鏈或支鏈之烷基,X表示-SO3M、-OSO3M或-COOM,M表示H、Na、K、Mg、Ca或銨) (wherein Z represents a linear or branched alkyl chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may include an ester group, a mercaptoamine group, an amine group, a polyoxyalkylene group, an ether group or a double bond, and R 1 and R 2 independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms which may include an ester group, a mercaptoamine group, a polyoxyalkylene group, an ether group or a double bond, and X represents -SO 3 M, -OSO 3 M or -COOM, M means H, Na, K, Mg, Ca or ammonium)

磷酸烷基酯係為了改良原棉之梳棉機通過性或纖維網之均勻性等特性,藉由其提高不織布之生產性及防止品質降低,而調配於纖維處理劑中。作為磷酸烷基酯之具體例,可列舉:磷酸硬脂酯、磷酸肉豆蔻酯、磷酸月桂酯、磷酸棕櫚酯等具有飽和碳鏈者;或磷酸油酯、磷酸肉豆蔻醯酯等具有不飽和碳鏈、及於該等碳鏈具有側鏈者。更佳為碳鏈為16~18之單或二烷基磷酸酯之完全中和或部分中和鹽。再者,作為磷酸烷基酯之鹽,可列舉:鈉或鉀等鹼金屬、氨、各種胺類等。磷酸烷基酯可單獨使用1種或混合2種以上使用。 The alkyl phosphate is formulated in a fiber treating agent in order to improve the properties of the carding machine of the raw cotton or the uniformity of the fiber web, thereby improving the productivity of the nonwoven fabric and preventing the deterioration of the quality. Specific examples of the alkyl phosphate include those having a saturated carbon chain such as stearyl phosphate, myristyl phosphate, lauryl phosphate, and palmitate phosphate; or unsaturated esters such as phosphoric acid ester and myristyl phosphate. Carbon chains, and those having side chains in such carbon chains. More preferably, it is a fully neutralized or partially neutralized salt having a carbon chain of 16 to 18 mono or dialkyl phosphates. In addition, examples of the salt of the alkyl phosphate include an alkali metal such as sodium or potassium, ammonia, various amines, and the like. The alkyl phosphate may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

就梳棉機通過性或纖維網之均勻性等觀點而言,磷酸烷基酯之調配比率較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,又,就不妨礙由熱處理產生之基於聚有機矽氧烷所形成之纖維之疏水化之觀點而言,較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為25質量%以下。 The blending ratio of the alkyl phosphate is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of the passability of the card or the uniformity of the fiber web, and the like, and does not hinder the generation based on the heat treatment. From the viewpoint of hydrophobization of the fibers formed of the polyorganosiloxane, it is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less.

纖維處理劑中之聚有機矽氧烷與磷酸烷基酯之含有比率(前者:後者)以質量比計,較佳為1:5~10:1,更佳為1:2~3:1。 The content ratio of the polyorganosiloxane and the alkyl phosphate in the fiber treating agent (the former: the latter) is preferably from 1:5 to 10:1, more preferably from 1:2 to 3:1, in terms of mass ratio.

上述通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑係指不包含上述磷酸烷基酯之成分。又,上述通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑可單獨使 用1種或混合2種以上使用。 The anionic surfactant represented by the above formula (1) means a component which does not contain the above alkyl phosphate. Further, the anionic surfactant represented by the above formula (1) can be used alone It is used in one type or in mixture of two or more types.

作為通式(1)中之X為-SO3M、即親水基為磺酸或其鹽之上述陰離子界面活性劑,例如可列舉二烷基磺酸或其等之鹽。作為二烷基磺酸之具體例,可列舉:二(十八烷基)磺基琥珀酸、二癸基磺基琥珀酸、二(十三烷基)磺基琥珀酸、二(2-乙基己基)磺基琥珀酸等二烷基磺基琥珀酸、二烷基磺基戊二酸等支使二羧酸進行酯化,並將二酯之α位磺化而成之化合物;或2-磺基十四烷酸1-乙酯(或醯胺)鈉鹽、或2-磺基十六烷酸1-乙酯(或醯胺)鈉鹽等將之飽和脂肪酸或不飽和脂肪酸酯(或醯胺)之α位磺化而成之α-磺基脂肪酸烷基酯(或醯胺);或藉由使烴鏈之內部烯烴或不飽和脂肪酸之內部烯烴進行磺化而獲得之二烷基烯烴磺酸等。二烷基磺酸之2條鏈之烷基各自之碳數較佳為4個以上且14個以下、尤其是6個以上且10個以下。 The above-mentioned anionic surfactant in which X in the formula (1) is -SO 3 M, that is, the hydrophilic group is a sulfonic acid or a salt thereof, may, for example, be a dialkylsulfonic acid or a salt thereof. Specific examples of the dialkylsulfonic acid include di(octadecyl)sulfosuccinic acid, dimercaptosulfosuccinic acid, ditridecylsulfosuccinic acid, and di(2-ethylidene). a compound obtained by esterifying a dicarboxylic acid with a dialkyl sulfosuccinic acid such as sulfosuccinic acid or a dialkyl sulfosuccinic acid, and sulfonating the α-position of the diester; or 2- Sodium sulfotetradecanoate 1-ethyl ester (or decylamine) sodium salt or 2-sulfohexadecanoic acid 1-ethyl ester (or decylamine) sodium salt or the like to saturate a fatty acid or an unsaturated fatty acid ester ( Or a sulfonated fatty acid alkyl ester (or guanamine) which is sulfonated at the alpha position of the guanamine; or a dialkyl obtained by sulfonating the internal olefin of the hydrocarbon chain or the internal olefin of the unsaturated fatty acid. Base olefin sulfonic acid, etc. The number of carbon atoms of each of the two alkyl groups of the dialkylsulfonic acid is preferably 4 or more and 14 or less, particularly preferably 6 or more and 10 or less.

作為親水基為磺酸或其鹽之上述陰離子界面活性劑,更具體而言,可列舉下述陰離子界面活性劑。 The above anionic surfactant which is a sulfonic acid or its salt as a hydrophilic group, more specifically, the following anionic surfactant is mentioned.

作為通式(1)中之X為-SO3M、即親水基為硫酸或其鹽之上述陰離子界面活性劑,可列舉硫酸二烷基酯,作為其具體例,可列舉:硫酸2-乙基己酯鈉鹽或硫酸2-己基癸酯鈉鹽等將具有支鏈之醇進行硫酸化而成之化合物;或如硫酸聚氧乙烯2-己基癸酯或硫酸聚氧乙烯2-己基癸酯等於具有支鏈之醇與硫酸基之間導入有POE鏈之化合物;或12-硫酸酯基硬脂酸1-甲酯(或醯胺)3-硫酸酯基己酸1-甲酯(或醯胺)等將羥基脂肪酸酯(或醯胺)硫酸化而成之化合物等。 The above-mentioned anionic surfactant in which X in the formula (1) is -SO 3 M, that is, the hydrophilic group is sulfuric acid or a salt thereof, may, for example, be a dialkyl sulfate. Specific examples thereof include a 2-ethyl sulfate a compound obtained by sulfating a branched alcohol such as sodium hexyl hexate or sodium 2-hexyl sulphate; or polyoxyethylene 2-hexyl decyl sulfate or polyoxyethylene 2-hexyl decyl sulfate a compound having a POE chain introduced between a branched alcohol and a sulfate group; or 1-sulfate-l-methyl stearate (or decylamine) 3-sulfate-hexanoic acid 1-methyl ester (or hydrazine) A compound obtained by sulfating a hydroxy fatty acid ester (or guanamine), etc., such as an amine.

作為親水基為硫酸或其鹽之上述陰離子界面活性劑,更具體而言,可列舉下述陰離子界面活性劑。 The above anionic surfactant which is a hydrophilic group of sulfuric acid or its salt, more specifically, the following anionic surfactant is mentioned.

[化4] [Chemical 4]

作為通式(1)中之X為-COOM、即親水基為羧酸或其鹽之上述陰離子界面活性劑,可列舉二烷基羧酸,作為其具體例,可列舉:11-乙氧基十七烷羧酸鈉鹽或2-乙氧基五羧酸鈉鹽等使羥基脂肪酸之羥基部分烷氧基化並將脂肪酸部分鈉化而成化合物;或使肌胺酸或甘胺酸等胺基酸之胺基與經烷氧基化之羥基脂肪醯氯進行反應,從而使胺基酸部之羧酸進行鈉化而成之化合物;或使精胺酸之胺基與脂肪醯氯進行反應而獲得之化合物等。 The above-mentioned anionic surfactant in which X in the formula (1) is -COOM, that is, the hydrophilic group is a carboxylic acid or a salt thereof, may, for example, be a dialkylcarboxylic acid, and specific examples thereof include 11-ethoxy group. a sodium heptadecanecarboxylate or a sodium salt of 2-ethoxypentacarboxylate, etc. alkoxylate a hydroxyl moiety of a hydroxy fatty acid and sodium to form a compound; or an amine such as sarcosine or glycine a compound in which an amine group of a base acid is reacted with an alkoxylated hydroxy fatty sulfonium chloride to thereby sodiumify a carboxylic acid of an amino acid moiety; or an amine group of arginine is reacted with a fat ruthenium chloride And the obtained compound and the like.

作為親水基為羧酸或其鹽之上述陰離子界面活性劑,更具體而言,可列舉下述陰離子界面活性劑。 The above anionic surfactant which is a carboxylic acid or a salt thereof as a hydrophilic group, more specifically, the following anionic surfactant is mentioned.

[化5] [Chemical 5]

通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑之調配比率較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為5質量%以上,又,若親水性變得過高則容易存液而有損乾燥性,就該觀點而言,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為13質量%以下。又,通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑之上述調配比率較佳為1質量%以上且20質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且13質量%以下。 The blending ratio of the anionic surfactant represented by the formula (1) is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and if the hydrophilicity is too high, the liquid is easily stored and the drying property is impaired. From this viewpoint, it is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 13% by mass or less. In addition, the above-mentioned blending ratio of the anionic surfactant represented by the formula (1) is preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 13% by mass or less.

纖維處理劑中之聚有機矽氧烷與通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率(前者:後者)以質量比計,較佳為1:3~4:1,更佳為1:2~3:1。 The content ratio of the polyorganosiloxane in the fiber treating agent to the anionic surfactant represented by the formula (1) (the former: the latter) is preferably from 1:3 to 4:1 by mass ratio, more preferably 1:2~3:1.

進而,上述纖維處理劑除使用具有延展性之成分、親水性成分、磷酸烷基酯、及陰離子界面活性劑以外,亦可使用陰離子性界面活性劑、或者陽離子性界面活性劑等。 Further, in addition to the ductile component, the hydrophilic component, the alkyl phosphate, and the anionic surfactant, the fiber treating agent may be an anionic surfactant or a cationic surfactant.

作為陰離子性界面活性劑之例,可列舉:磷酸烷基酯鈉鹽、烷基醚磷酸酯鈉鹽、磷酸二烷基酯鈉鹽、磺基琥珀酸二烷基酯鈉鹽、苯 磺酸烷基酯鈉鹽、磺酸烷基酯鈉鹽、硫酸烷基酯鈉鹽、硫酸第二烷基酯鈉鹽等(烷基均較佳為碳數6以上且22以下、尤其是8以上且22以下)。該等亦可使用鉀鹽等其他鹼金屬鹽代替鈉鹽。 Examples of the anionic surfactant include sodium alkyl phosphate, sodium alkyl phosphate, sodium dialkyl phosphate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, and benzene. Sodium sulfonate sodium salt, sodium sulfonate sodium salt, sodium alkyl sulfate salt, sodium salt of a second alkyl sulfate, etc. (Alkyl groups are preferably a carbon number of 6 or more and 22 or less, especially 8 Above and below 22). These may also use other alkali metal salts such as potassium salts instead of the sodium salt.

作為陽離子性界面活性劑之例,可列舉:鹵化烷基(或烯基)三甲基銨、鹵化二烷基(或烯基)二甲基銨、鹵化烷基(或烯基)吡啶鎓等,該等化合物較佳為具有碳數6以上且18以下之烷基或烯基者。作為上述鹵化合物中之鹵素,可列舉氯、溴等。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include halogenated alkyl (or alkenyl) trimethylammonium, halogenated dialkyl (or alkenyl) dimethyl ammonium, halogenated alkyl (or alkenyl) pyridinium, and the like. These compounds are preferably those having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 6 or more and 18 or less carbon atoms. Examples of the halogen in the halogen compound include chlorine, bromine, and the like.

上述纖維處理劑亦可進而添加改性聚矽氧等膠著防止劑、纖維著色劑、潤滑劑等處理劑。 Further, a treatment agent such as a gel-preventing agent such as a modified polyfluorene oxide, a fiber coloring agent, or a lubricant may be further added to the fiber treating agent.

作為使纖維處理劑附著於構成纖維11之表面之方法,可無特別限制地採用各種公知之方法。例如可列舉:噴霧塗佈、利用狹縫式塗佈機進行之塗佈、利用輥轉印進行之塗佈、於纖維處理劑中之浸漬等。該等處理可對纖維網化前之纖維進行,亦可於將纖維利用各種方法纖維網化後進行。但是必須於下述延伸處理之前進行處理。表面附著有纖維處理劑之纖維例如藉由熱風送風式乾燥機,於較聚乙烯樹脂之熔點充分低之溫度(例如120℃以下)下進行乾燥。 As a method of attaching the fiber treating agent to the surface constituting the fiber 11, various known methods can be employed without particular limitation. For example, spray coating, application by a slit coater, application by roll transfer, immersion in a fiber treatment agent, etc. are mentioned. These treatments may be carried out on the fibers before the fiber webization, or after the fibers are networked by various methods. However, it must be processed before the extension processing described below. The fiber to which the fiber treatment agent is adhered on the surface is dried, for example, by a hot air blow dryer at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the polyethylene resin (for example, 120 ° C or lower).

本發明(第1發明)之不織布藉由具備如下步驟之不織布之製造方法進行製造:熔合步驟,其係使包含賦予有纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維的纖維網之構成纖維彼此之交點經由熔合部熱熔合;及延伸步驟,其係於上述熔合步驟後,將熔合後之上述纖維網於一方向上延伸。關於本發明(第1發明)之不織布之製造方法之一實施態樣,列舉上述不織布1A之較佳製造方法為例,且一面參照圖4一面進行說明。圖4中,模式性地表示不織布1A之製造方法中使用之較佳之製造裝置100。製造裝置100係可較佳地使用於熱風不織布之製造者。製造裝置100自製造步驟之上游側朝下游側,依序具備纖維網形成部200、熱風處理部300及延伸部400。 The non-woven fabric of the present invention (first invention) is produced by a method for producing a non-woven fabric having a step of fusing a cross-section of constituent fibers of a fiber web including a high-stretch fiber having a fiber-treating agent. a heat fusion process; and an extending step of extending the fiber web in the one side after the fusion step. In one embodiment of the method for producing a nonwoven fabric according to the present invention (first invention), a preferred manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1A will be described as an example, and will be described with reference to FIG. In Fig. 4, a preferred manufacturing apparatus 100 used in the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1A is schematically shown. The manufacturing apparatus 100 can be preferably used by a manufacturer of hot air non-woven fabrics. The manufacturing apparatus 100 is provided with the web forming part 200, the hot air processing part 300, and the extension part 400 in order from the upstream side of the manufacturing process to the downstream side.

如圖4所示,纖維網形成部200具備纖維網形成裝置201。作為纖維網形成裝置201,可使用梳棉機。作為梳棉機,可無特別限制地使用與吸收性物品之技術領域中所通常使用之梳棉機相同者。根據不織布1A之具體用途,亦可使用其他纖維網製造裝置、例如氣紡裝置代替梳棉機。 As shown in FIG. 4, the web forming part 200 is provided with the web forming apparatus 201. As the web forming device 201, a carding machine can be used. As the card, the same as the card generally used in the technical field of absorbent articles can be used without particular limitation. Depending on the specific use of the nonwoven fabric 1A, other web manufacturing equipment, such as an air spinning device, may be used instead of the carding machine.

如圖4所示,熱風處理部300具備濾罩301。於濾罩301內,可利用熱風方式吹送熱風。又,熱風處理部300具備包含通氣性網之環形狀之輸送帶302。輸送帶302環繞於濾罩301內。輸送帶302由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等樹脂、或金屬形成。 As shown in FIG. 4, the hot air processing unit 300 is provided with a filter cover 301. In the filter cover 301, hot air can be blown by hot air. Further, the hot air treatment unit 300 includes a belt 302 having a ring shape including a permeable mesh. A conveyor belt 302 surrounds the filter housing 301. The conveyor belt 302 is formed of a resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or a metal.

吹送於濾罩301內之熱風之溫度及熱處理時間較佳為以使纖維網10之構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維之交點熱熔合之方式進行調整。具體而言,熱風之溫度較佳為調整為相對於纖維網10之構成纖維11中之熔點最低之樹脂之熔點高0℃~30℃之溫度。熱處理時間較佳為根據熱風之溫度調整為1秒~5秒。又,就促進構成纖維11彼此之進一步交絡之觀點而言,熱風之風速較佳為0.3m/秒~1.5m/秒左右。又,搬送速度較佳為5m/min~100m/min左右。 The temperature of the hot air blown into the filter 301 and the heat treatment time are preferably adjusted so that the intersection of the high-stretch fibers contained in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 is thermally fused. Specifically, the temperature of the hot air is preferably adjusted to a temperature of 0 ° C to 30 ° C higher than the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point among the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 . The heat treatment time is preferably adjusted to 1 second to 5 seconds depending on the temperature of the hot air. Further, from the viewpoint of promoting further entanglement of the constituent fibers 11 with each other, the wind speed of the hot air is preferably about 0.3 m/sec to 1.5 m/sec. Further, the conveying speed is preferably about 5 m/min to 100 m/min.

如圖4、圖5所示,延伸部400具備能夠相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥401、402。一對凹凸輥401、402係以能夠加熱之方式形成,且分別係以大徑凸部403、404與小徑凹部(未圖示)於輥軸方向上交替配置之方式形成。凹凸輥401、402可進行加熱亦可不進行,就容易使下述纖維片材1a之構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維延伸之觀點而言,於加熱凹凸輥401、402之情形時之加熱溫度較佳為設為高伸度纖維中之玻璃轉移點最高之樹脂之玻璃轉移點以上且高伸度纖維中之熔點最低之樹脂之熔點以下。更佳為較纖維之玻璃轉移點高10℃之溫度以上且較熔點低10℃之溫度以下,進而較佳為較纖維之玻璃轉移點高20℃之溫度以上且較熔點低20℃之溫度以下。例如,於纖維使用作為芯/鞘構造之 纖維的玻璃轉移點67℃、熔點258℃之PET(芯)/玻璃轉移點-20℃、熔點135℃之PE(鞘)時對其進行加熱之情形時,較佳為加熱至67℃以上且135℃以下,更佳為加熱至77℃以上且125℃以下,進而較佳為加熱至87℃以上且115℃以下。 As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the extending portion 400 is provided with a pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 that can mesh with each other. The pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 are formed to be heatable, and are formed by alternately arranging the large-diameter convex portions 403 and 404 and the small-diameter concave portions (not shown) in the roller axis direction. The embossing rolls 401 and 402 can be heated or not, and the high-stretch fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a described below can be easily heated in the case of heating the embossing rolls 401 and 402. The temperature is preferably set to be greater than or equal to the melting point of the resin having the highest glass transition point in the high elongation fiber and the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point in the high elongation fiber. More preferably, it is higher than the temperature at which the glass transition point of the fiber is 10 ° C or higher and 10 ° C lower than the melting point, and further preferably higher than the temperature of the glass transition point of the fiber by 20 ° C or higher and lower than the melting point by 20 ° C. . For example, the fiber is used as a core/sheath construction When the fiber has a glass transition point of 67 ° C, a melting point of 258 ° C, a PET (core) / glass transition point of -20 ° C, and a melting point of 135 ° C PE (sheath), it is preferably heated to 67 ° C or higher. 135 ° C or less is more preferably heated to 77 ° C or more and 125 ° C or less, and further preferably heated to 87 ° C or more and 115 ° C or less.

又,如圖6所示,於製造裝置100中,於凹凸輥401之輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部彼此403、403之間隔(間距)、及於凹凸輥402之輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部彼此404、404之間隔(間距)為相同之間隔(間距)w,就纖維片材1a之構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維於延伸裝置內被順利地拉伸,上述自小徑部向大徑部之變化點鄰接於熔合部,使皮膚觸感變得良好之觀點而言,間隔(間距)w較佳為1mm以上,尤佳為1.5mm以上,並且較佳為10mm以下,尤佳為8mm以下,具體而言,較佳為1mm以上且10mm以下,尤佳為1.5mm以上且8mm以下。就同樣之觀點而言,如圖6所示,一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量t(於輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部403之頂點與大徑凸部404之頂點之間隔)較佳為1mm以上,尤佳為1.2mm以上,並且較佳為3mm以下,尤佳為2.5mm以下,具體而言,較佳為1mm以上且3mm以下,尤佳為1.2mm以上且2.5mm以下。並且,就同樣之觀點而言,機械延伸倍率較佳為1.5倍以上,尤佳為1.7倍以上,並且較佳為3.0倍以下,尤佳為2.8倍以下,具體而言,較佳為1.5倍以上且3.0倍以下,尤佳為1.7倍以上且2.8倍以下。 Further, as shown in FIG. 6, in the manufacturing apparatus 100, the interval (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 403 and 403 adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction of the uneven roller 401, and the roll axis direction of the uneven roller 402 are shown. The interval (pitch) between the adjacent large-diameter convex portions 404 and 404 is the same interval (pitch) w, and the high-stretch fibers contained in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a are smoothly stretched in the stretching device. The distance (pitch) w is preferably 1 mm or more, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more, from the viewpoint that the change point from the small diameter portion to the large diameter portion is adjacent to the fusion portion and the skin feel is good. It is preferably 10 mm or less, and particularly preferably 8 mm or less. Specifically, it is preferably 1 mm or more and 10 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 8 mm or less. From the same viewpoint, as shown in FIG. 6, the pressing amount t of the pair of uneven rollers 401, 402 (the apex of the large-diameter convex portion 403 adjacent to the roller axis direction and the apex of the large-diameter convex portion 404) The interval) is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 1.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3 mm or less, more preferably 2.5 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, particularly preferably 1.2 mm or more and 2.5. Below mm. Further, from the same viewpoint, the mechanical stretching ratio is preferably 1.5 times or more, more preferably 1.7 times or more, and is preferably 3.0 times or less, particularly preferably 2.8 times or less, and specifically, preferably 1.5 times. The above is 3.0 times or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 times or more and 2.8 times or less.

對使用具有以上構成之製造裝置100之不織布1A之製造方法進行說明。 A method of manufacturing the nonwoven fabric 1A using the manufacturing apparatus 100 having the above configuration will be described.

首先,如圖4所示,於纖維網形成部200,使用具有已賦予有纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維之短纖維狀之構成纖維11作為原料,利用作為梳棉機之纖維網形成裝置201而形成纖維網10(纖維網形成步驟)。利用纖維網形成裝置201所製造之纖維網10處於其構成纖維11彼此鬆弛 地絡合之狀態,尚未獲得作為片材之保形性。 First, as shown in FIG. 4, in the web forming portion 200, a short fiber-like constituent fiber 11 having a high-stretching fiber to which a fiber treating agent has been applied is used as a raw material, and a web forming apparatus 201 as a carding machine is used. The web 10 is formed (web forming step). The web 10 manufactured by the web forming apparatus 201 is in a state where the constituent fibers 11 are relaxed from each other. The state of the ground complex has not yet obtained the shape retention as a sheet.

繼而,如圖4所示,使包含高伸度纖維之纖維網10之構成纖維11彼此之交點經由熔合部12熱熔合而形成纖維片材1a(熔合步驟)。具體而言,纖維網10被搬送至輸送帶302上,於在熱風處理部300通過濾罩301內之期間,以熱風方式吹送熱風。若如此以熱風方式吹送熱風,則於纖維網10之構成纖維11彼此進一步交絡之同時,使所絡合之纖維之交點進行熱熔合(參照圖7(a)),而製造具有片材狀保形性之纖維片材1a。 Then, as shown in FIG. 4, the intersection of the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 including the high-stretch fibers is thermally fused via the fusion portion 12 to form the fiber sheet 1a (fusion step). Specifically, the fiber web 10 is conveyed to the conveyor belt 302, and the hot air is blown by hot air while the hot air processing unit 300 passes through the filter 301. When the hot air is blown by the hot air, the fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 are further entangled with each other, and the intersection of the fibers to be entangled is thermally fused (see FIG. 7(a)) to produce a sheet-like shape. Shaped fibrous sheet 1a.

繼而,如圖4所示,將熔合後之纖維網1a於一方向上延伸(延伸步驟)。具體而言,將具有作為片材之保形性之熔合後之纖維網1a搬送至一對凹凸輥401、402之間,如圖7(a)~圖7(c)所示,使纖維網1a延伸,而於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之1根構成纖維11中形成由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部16、16所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部17,並且將自該小徑部16向該大徑部17之變化點18形成於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內。若進行詳細敍述,則將如圖7(a)所示之使構成纖維11彼此之交點經由熔合部12熱熔合之纖維片材1a搬送至一對凹凸輥401、402之間,使纖維網1a沿與機械方向(MD,行進方向)正交之正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)延伸。於使纖維片材1a沿正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)延伸時,如圖7(a)所示,將構成纖維11彼此固定之相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間之區域於正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)上被積極地拉伸。尤其如圖7(b)所示,於將構成纖維11彼此固定之各熔合部12之附近,首先容易發生局部收縮,關於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之1根構成纖維11,在兩端形成2個小徑部16、16,由該2個小徑部16、16所夾之部分成為大徑部17,從而形成由2個小徑部16、16所夾之大徑部17。如此,於各熔合部12之附近,首先容易發生局部收縮,故而自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18被形 成於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內。 Then, as shown in Fig. 4, the fused fiber web 1a is extended in one direction (extension step). Specifically, the fused fiber web 1a having the shape retaining property as a sheet is conveyed between the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402, and as shown in FIGS. 7(a) to 7(c), the web is made. 1a is extended, and a large-diameter portion 17 having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by two small-diameter portions 16 and 16 having a small fiber diameter is formed in one of the constituent fibers 11 between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. The change point 18 from the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter portion 17 is formed in a range from the fusion portion 12 to a distance 1/3 between the fusion portions 12 and 12 adjacent thereto. As will be described in detail, the fiber sheet 1a which is thermally fused at the intersection of the constituent fibers 11 via the fusion portion 12 is transferred between the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402 as shown in Fig. 7(a) to form the web 1a. It extends in an orthogonal direction (CD, roller direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, traveling direction). When the fiber sheet 1a is extended in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll direction), as shown in Fig. 7(a), the regions where the constituent fibers 12 and 12 are adjacent to each other are fixed to each other. It is actively stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction). In particular, as shown in Fig. 7(b), in the vicinity of the respective fused portions 12 where the constituent fibers 11 are fixed to each other, first, partial shrinkage is likely to occur, and one of the adjacent fusion-welded portions 12 and 12 constitutes the fibers 11, Two small diameter portions 16 and 16 are formed at both ends, and a portion sandwiched by the two small diameter portions 16 and 16 is a large diameter portion 17 to form a large diameter portion sandwiched by the two small diameter portions 16 and 16. 17. As described above, in the vicinity of each of the fusion portions 12, local contraction is likely to occur first, and thus the change point 18 from the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter portion 17 is shaped. It is in the range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the interval T between the fusion portions 12 and 12 adjacent thereto.

並且,關於一部分之相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之1根構成纖維11,如圖7(c)所示般於殘留可伸長之餘地(伸長空間)之狀態下於正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)上被進一步延伸,使該相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之大徑部17延伸,而於大徑部17中形成小徑部16。 Further, one of the constituent fibers 11 between the adjacent ones of the welded portions 12 and 12 is in the orthogonal direction in a state where the stretchable space (elongation space) remains as shown in FIG. 7(c) ( The CD (roller axis direction) is further extended to extend the large diameter portion 17 between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and the small diameter portion 16 is formed in the large diameter portion 17.

於將1根構成纖維11中相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間之區域積極地拉伸時,於在構成纖維11之表面所附著之纖維處理劑中,具有延展性之成分由於低溫下之流動性優異,故而隨著纖維之伸長而流動,維持附著於小徑部16之表面之狀態。另一方面,於在構成纖維11之表面所附著之纖維處理劑中具有延展性之成分以外之成分在將相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間之區域積極地拉伸時,未能隨著纖維之伸長而流動,無法維持附著於小徑部16之表面之狀態。因此,於藉由將相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間之區域延伸而形成之小徑部16之表面與大徑部17之表面,所附著之纖維處理劑之組成比率發生變化。具體而言,於小徑部16之表面,僅具有延展性之成分容易附著,另一方面,於大徑部17之表面會附著包含具有延展性之成分與親水化成分之纖維處理劑。因此,小徑部16之親水度容易變得小於大徑部17之親水度。尤其若使用上述聚有機矽氧烷作為具有延展性之成分,則由於聚有機矽氧烷本身為疏水性,故而小徑部16之親水度容易更小於大徑部17之親水度。 When the region between the adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 adjacent to one of the constituent fibers 11 is actively stretched, the component having a ductility in the fiber treating agent attached to the surface constituting the fiber 11 is low in temperature. Since it is excellent in fluidity, it flows in accordance with the elongation of the fiber, and maintains the state of adhering to the surface of the small-diameter portion 16. On the other hand, when the components other than the component having the ductility in the fiber treatment agent attached to the surface of the fiber 11 are actively stretched in the region between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, As the fiber flows, the state of adhering to the surface of the small diameter portion 16 cannot be maintained. Therefore, the composition ratio of the attached fiber treatment agent changes by the surface of the small diameter portion 16 formed by extending the region between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 and the surface of the large diameter portion 17. Specifically, on the surface of the small-diameter portion 16, only the component having ductility is likely to adhere, and on the other hand, a fiber treatment agent containing a ductile component and a hydrophilized component adheres to the surface of the large-diameter portion 17. Therefore, the hydrophilicity of the small diameter portion 16 is likely to be smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large diameter portion 17. In particular, when the polyorganosiloxane is used as the component having ductility, since the polyorganosiloxane itself is hydrophobic, the hydrophilicity of the small-diameter portion 16 is more likely to be less than the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17.

如上所述,根據使用製造裝置100之不織布1A之製造方法,可連續且高效率地製造具備圖3所示之構成纖維11且小徑部16之親水度小於大徑部17之親水度的不織布1A。如圖4所示,所製造之不織布1A被暫時捲取而以輥之形態保管後,自該輥捲出而使用。或者,於不織布1A之製造裝置100之後續步驟生產線上實施加工,從而連續地製造目 標製品。 As described above, according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1A using the manufacturing apparatus 100, the nonwoven fabric having the constituent fibers 11 shown in FIG. 3 and having the hydrophilicity of the small-diameter portion 16 smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17 can be continuously and efficiently produced. 1A. As shown in Fig. 4, the produced non-woven fabric 1A was temporarily taken up and stored in the form of a roll, and then used by being rolled up from the roll. Alternatively, the processing is performed on the subsequent production line of the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the non-woven fabric 1A, thereby continuously manufacturing the mesh. Standard products.

關於以上述方式製造之不織布1A,如圖3所示,著眼於構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,自鄰接於熔合部12之小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18係配置於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內,因此,變得柔軟且皮膚觸感變得良好。尤其著眼於1根構成纖維11,若於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間形成有複數個小徑部16,則皮膚觸感變得更好。就容易發揮此種效果之觀點而言,構成纖維11較佳為僅包含高伸度纖維。 As shown in FIG. 3, the non-woven fabric 1A manufactured as described above is focused on one of the constituent fibers 11 constituting the fiber 11, and is disposed from the small-diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fusion portion 12 to the change point 18 of the large-diameter portion 17. In the range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the distance T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, it becomes soft and the skin feel is good. In particular, attention is paid to one constituent fiber 11. When a plurality of small diameter portions 16 are formed between adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, the skin feel is better. From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting such an effect, the constituent fibers 11 preferably contain only high-stretch fibers.

於假設構成纖維11中摻入有彈性纖維之情形時,不織布會一面收縮一面延伸,故而即便於與不織布1A之製造方法及機械延伸倍率相同之情形時,亦難以產生纖維直徑之變化。因此,於構成纖維11中摻入有彈性纖維之情形時,難以出現纖維直徑發生極端變化之部位即變化點18,而容易形成自小徑部16連續地向大徑部17逐漸變化之部位。由於摻入有彈性纖維,故而如此形成之連續地逐漸變化之部位未必於熔合點附近局部地延伸,與其說熔合點附近倒不如說被隨機地觀察到。再者,就使皮膚觸感更好之觀點而言,亦較佳為構成纖維11不含彈性纖維。 When the elastic fibers are incorporated in the constituent fibers 11, the nonwoven fabric is stretched while being shrunk. Therefore, even when the manufacturing method and the mechanical stretching ratio of the nonwoven fabric 1A are the same, it is difficult to cause a change in the fiber diameter. Therefore, when the elastic fiber is incorporated in the constituent fiber 11, it is difficult to form a portion 18 which is a portion where the fiber diameter is extremely changed, and it is easy to form a portion which gradually changes from the small-diameter portion 16 to the large-diameter portion 17. Due to the incorporation of the elastic fibers, the continuously gradually changing portions thus formed do not necessarily locally extend in the vicinity of the fusion point, and are observed randomly as compared with the vicinity of the fusion point. Further, from the viewpoint of making the skin feel better, it is also preferred that the constituent fibers 11 do not contain elastic fibers.

又,不織布1A包含以小徑部16之親水度小於大徑部17之親水度之方式形成之構成纖維11而構成。因此,於不織布1A之表面分散有親水度降低之部分(小徑部16),故而不織布1A其表面之液體殘留較少,指觸乾燥性提高,纖維間距離藉由小徑部16而擴寬,液體通過性提高。 Further, the nonwoven fabric 1A includes a constituent fiber 11 formed such that the hydrophilicity of the small-diameter portion 16 is smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17. Therefore, the portion where the hydrophilicity is lowered (the small diameter portion 16) is dispersed on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 1A, so that the liquid remaining on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 1A is less, the dryness of the touch is improved, and the distance between the fibers is widened by the small diameter portion 16. The liquid permeability is improved.

又,不織布1A為凹凸構造之不織布,且其以側部區13c之纖維密度小於頂部區13a之纖維密度及底部區13b之纖維密度之方式形成。因此,側部區13c之纖維間距離較頂部區13a及底部區13b之纖維間距離寬廣,故而不織布1A整體之通氣性、通液性均提高。進而,藉由以 使側部區13c之纖維密度最小之方式形成,而凸條部13變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,可實現良好之皮膚觸感。 Further, the nonwoven fabric 1A is a non-woven fabric of a concavo-convex structure, and is formed such that the fiber density of the side portion 13c is smaller than the fiber density of the top portion 13a and the fiber density of the bottom portion 13b. Therefore, the distance between the fibers in the side portion 13c is wider than the distance between the fibers in the top portion 13a and the bottom portion 13b, so that the air permeability and the liquid permeability of the nonwoven fabric 1A are improved as a whole. Further by The fiber density of the side portion 13c is minimized, and the ridge portion 13 becomes easy to follow the movement of the wearer's skin, and a good skin feel can be achieved.

又,不織布1A為凹凸構造之不織布,且其以構成側部區13c之1根構成纖維11所具有之變化點18之個數多於構成頂部區13a之1根構成纖維11所具有之變化點18之個數及構成底部區13b之1根構成纖維11所具有之變化點18之個數之方式形成。因此,於側部區13c分散有大量親水度降低之部分(小徑部16),故而表面之液體殘留更少,指觸乾燥性進一步提高,纖維間距離藉由小徑部16而擴寬,液體透過性提高。 Further, the nonwoven fabric 1A is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure, and the number of the change points 18 of the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side portion 13c is larger than the change point of the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top portion 13a. The number of 18s and one of the bottom portions 13b constitute one of the number of change points 18 of the fibers 11. Therefore, a large amount of the portion having a reduced degree of hydrophilicity (the small diameter portion 16) is dispersed in the side portion 13c, so that the liquid residue on the surface is less, the dryness of the touch is further improved, and the distance between the fibers is widened by the small diameter portion 16. Liquid permeability is improved.

繼而,以下,一面參照圖示,一面對本發明(第2發明)基於其較佳之實施形態進行說明。 Hereinafter, the present invention (second invention) will be described below based on preferred embodiments thereof with reference to the drawings.

圖8中表示本發明(第2發明)之一實施形態之不織布1B(以下亦稱為「不織布1B」)的立體圖。圖9係表示圖8所示之不織布1B之厚度方向之剖面的模式圖。圖10係圖8所示之不織布1B之構成纖維11的放大模式圖。如圖8所示,不織布1B為具備複數個使構成纖維11彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部12(參照圖10)之不織布。並且,於本實施形態中,不織布1B如圖8所示,為於一方向(X方向)延伸之條紋狀之凸條部13及凹條部14交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布。具體而言,如圖9所示,不織布1B具有正背兩面a、b之剖面形狀均朝厚度方向(Z方向)之上方形成凸狀之複數個凸條部13、及位於相鄰之凸條部13、13彼此之間之凹條部14。凹條部14係正背兩面a、b之剖面形狀均朝不織布之厚度方向(Z方向)之上方形成凹狀。換言之,凹條部14係正背兩面a、b之剖面形狀均朝不織布之厚度方向(Z方向)之下方形成凸狀。並且,複數個凸條部13分別於不織布1B之一方向(X方向)上連續地延伸,複數個凹條部14亦形成於不織布1B之一方向X上連續地延伸之溝槽狀。凸條部13及凹條部14相互平行,交替地配置於與上述一方向(X方向)正交之方向(Y方向)。 Fig. 8 is a perspective view showing a nonwoven fabric 1B (hereinafter also referred to as "nonwoven fabric 1B") according to an embodiment of the present invention (second invention). Fig. 9 is a schematic view showing a cross section of the nonwoven fabric 1B shown in Fig. 8 in the thickness direction. Fig. 10 is an enlarged schematic view showing the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B shown in Fig. 8. As shown in Fig. 8, the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric including a plurality of fusion portions 12 (see Fig. 10) formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which stripe-shaped ridge portions 13 and recessed portions 14 extending in one direction (X direction) are alternately arranged. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9 , the nonwoven fabric 1B has a plurality of ridge portions 13 in which the cross-sectional shapes of the front and back surfaces a and b are convexly formed above the thickness direction (Z direction), and the adjacent ridges are located. The concave portion 14 between the portions 13, 13 is in contact with each other. The cross-sectional shape of both the front and back sides a and b of the concave strip portion 14 is formed in a concave shape above the thickness direction (Z direction) of the nonwoven fabric. In other words, the cross-sectional shapes of the front and back surfaces a and b of the concave strip portion 14 are both convex toward the lower side in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the nonwoven fabric. Further, the plurality of ridge portions 13 are continuously extended in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1B, and the plurality of the concave strip portions 14 are also formed in a groove shape continuously extending in one direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1B. The ridge portion 13 and the groove portion 14 are parallel to each other and alternately arranged in a direction (Y direction) orthogonal to the one direction (X direction).

再者,如圖9所示剖面觀察不織布1B時,不織布1B具有頂部區13a、底部區13b及位於該等13a、13b之間之側部區13c。並且,凸條部13之頂部由頂部區13a形成,凹條部14之底部由底部區13b形成。頂部區13a、底部區13b及側部區13c於不織布1B之一方向(X方向)連續地延伸。關於頂部區13a、底部區13b及側部區13c,如圖9所示剖面觀察不織布1B時,將不織布1B之Z方向之厚度3等分,將厚度方向(Z方向)之上方部位設為頂部區13a,將厚度方向(Z方向)之中央部位設為側部區13c,將厚度方向(Z方向)之下方部位設為底部區13b,從而加以區別。上述區分係利用下述方法進行測定。 Further, when the nonwoven fabric 1B is viewed in section as shown in Fig. 9, the nonwoven fabric 1B has a top portion 13a, a bottom portion 13b, and a side portion 13c located between the portions 13a, 13b. Also, the top of the ridge portion 13 is formed by the top portion 13a, and the bottom portion of the concave portion 14 is formed by the bottom portion 13b. The top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b, and the side portion 13c continuously extend in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1B. When the non-woven fabric 1B is viewed in cross section as shown in FIG. 9 in the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side portion 13c, the thickness 3 of the non-woven fabric 1B in the Z direction is equally divided, and the upper portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is set as the top portion. In the region 13a, the center portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the side portion 13c, and the portion below the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the bottom portion 13b. The above distinction was made by the following method.

[頂部區13a、底部區13b、側部區13c之區分方法] [Method of Distinguishing Top Area 13a, Bottom Area 13b, and Side Area 13c]

使用Feather剃刀(商品編號FAS-10,Feather Safety Razor股份有限公司製造),沿Y方向切斷不織布1B,利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名))將所切斷之不織布1B放大至欲測定之部位充分進入視野從而可進行測定之大小(10~100倍),將不織布1B之Z方向之厚度3等分,將厚度方向(Z方向)之上方部位設為頂部區13a,將厚度方向(Z方向)之中央部位設為側部區13c,將厚度方向(Z方向)之下方部位設為底部區13b,從而加以區別。 The non-woven fabric 1B was cut in the Y direction using a Feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.), and a scanning electron microscope (JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) was used. The cut non-woven fabric 1B is enlarged until the portion to be measured sufficiently enters the field of view to be measured (10 to 100 times), and the thickness of the non-woven fabric 1B in the Z direction is equally divided into three, and the upper portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is set. In the top region 13a, the center portion in the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the side portion 13c, and the portion below the thickness direction (Z direction) is defined as the bottom portion 13b.

於自市售之尿布等進行分析之情形時,對成為對象之尿布等噴附冷噴霧,使熱熔接著劑固化。然後,謹慎仔細地剝離各材料,獲得成為對象之不織布,並如上述般進行切斷及測定。 In the case of analysis from a commercially available diaper or the like, a cold spray is sprayed on the diaper or the like to be cured, and the hot-melt adhesive is cured. Then, each material was peeled off carefully and carefully, and the non-woven fabric to be a target was obtained, and the cutting and measurement were performed as described above.

不織布1B係如下述般使用相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥401、402對纖維片材1a實施凹凸加工而製造者。上述不織布1B之一方向(X方向)係與對纖維片材1a實施凹凸加工而製造不織布1B時之機械方向(MD,行進方向)相同之方向,與上述不織布1B之一方向(X方向)正交之方向(Y方向)係與和上述機械方向(MD,行進方向)正交之正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)相同之方向。 The nonwoven fabric 1B is manufactured by performing uneven processing on the fiber sheet 1a by the uneven rolls 401 and 402 as one of the following. One direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1B is the same as the machine direction (MD, traveling direction) when the nonwoven fabric 1a is formed by the uneven processing of the fiber sheet 1a, and the direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1B is positive. The direction of intersection (Y direction) is the same direction as the orthogonal direction (CD, roller direction) orthogonal to the above-described machine direction (MD, traveling direction).

不織布1B之構成纖維11包含高伸度纖維。此處,所謂構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維,意指不僅於原料之纖維階段為高伸度而且於所製造之不織布1B之階段亦為高伸度的纖維。作為「高伸度纖維」,除具有彈性(彈性體)而進行伸縮之伸縮性纖維以外,例如亦可列舉:如日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0033]中記載般以低速進行熔融紡絲而獲得複合纖維後,不進行延伸處理而進行加熱處理及/或捲縮處理,藉此獲得之藉由加熱而使樹脂之結晶狀態發生變化從而長度延伸之熱伸長性纖維;或使用聚丙烯或聚乙烯等樹脂,並將紡絲速度設為相對較低之條件而製造之纖維;或者向結晶度較低之聚乙烯-聚丙烯共聚物、或聚丙烯中乾摻聚乙烯並進行紡絲而製造之纖維等。該等纖維之中,高伸度纖維較佳為具有熱熔合性之芯鞘型複合纖維。芯鞘型複合纖維可為同心芯鞘型、可為偏心芯鞘型、可為並列型亦可為異形型,尤佳為同心芯鞘型。不論纖維採用何種形態之情形,就製造柔軟且皮膚觸感等良好之不織布等之觀點而言,高伸度纖維之纖度於原料階段較佳為1.0dtex以上,更佳為2.0dtex以上,並且較佳為10.0dtex以下,更佳為8.0dtex以下,具體而言,較佳為1.0dtex以上且10.0dtex以下,更佳為2.0dtex以上且8.0dtex以下。 The constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B contain high-stretch fibers. Here, the high-stretch fiber included in the constituent fiber 11 means a fiber having a high elongation at the fiber stage of the raw material and a high elongation at the stage of the nonwoven fabric 1B to be produced. The "high-stretch fiber" is a low-speed fiber, for example, as described in paragraph [0033] of JP-A-2010-168715, in addition to the elastic fiber (elastic body). After melt-spinning to obtain a conjugate fiber, heat treatment and/or crimping treatment is performed without stretching treatment, thereby obtaining a heat-extensible fiber which is changed in length by a crystal to change its crystal state by heating; or a resin such as polypropylene or polyethylene, and a fiber produced by setting the spinning speed to a relatively low condition; or dry-blending polyethylene into a polyethylene-polypropylene copolymer having a low crystallinity or polypropylene. A fiber produced by spinning. Among these fibers, the high-stretch fibers are preferably core-sheath type composite fibers having heat fusion properties. The core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core sheath type, may be an eccentric core sheath type, may be a side-by-side type or a profiled type, and is preferably a concentric core sheath type. The fineness of the high-stretch fiber is preferably 1.0 dtex or more, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more, in terms of a raw material stage, from the viewpoint of producing a good non-woven fabric such as softness and skin feel, and the like. It is preferably 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 8.0 dtex or less, and specifically preferably 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less.

不織布1B之構成纖維11除高伸度纖維以外亦可包含其他纖維而構成,較佳為僅由非彈性纖維構成,進而較佳為僅由高伸度纖維構成。作為其他纖維,例如可列舉:包含熔點不同之2種成分且進行延伸處理而成之非熱伸長性芯鞘型熱熔合性複合纖維、或者本來不具有熱熔合性之纖維(例如棉或紙漿等天然纖維、嫘縈或乙酸纖維等)等。於不織布1B0除高伸度纖維以外亦包含其他纖維而構成之情形時,該不織布1B0中之高伸度纖維之比率較佳為50質量%以上,進而較佳為80質量%以上,並且較佳為100質量%以下,進而較佳為100質量%以下,具體而言,較佳為50質量%以上且100質量%以下,進而較佳為80 質量%以上且100質量%以下。 The constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B may be composed of other fibers in addition to the high-stretch fibers, and are preferably composed of only non-elastic fibers, and more preferably composed only of high-stretch fibers. Examples of the other fiber include a non-heat-extensible core-sheath type heat-fusible composite fiber including two kinds of components having different melting points and a heat-fusible fiber (for example, cotton or pulp). Natural fiber, enamel or acetate fiber, etc.). In the case where the non-woven fabric 1B0 is composed of other fibers in addition to the high-stretch fibers, the ratio of the high-stretch fibers in the nonwoven fabric 1B0 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and further preferably It is 100% by mass or less, more preferably 100% by mass or less, and specifically, preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass. The mass% or more and 100% by mass or less.

作為高伸度纖維之一例之熱伸長性纖維於原料階段未經延伸處理或實施過弱延伸處理之複合纖維,例如具有構成芯部之第1樹脂成分、與構成鞘部之包含聚乙烯樹脂之第2樹脂成分,第1樹脂成分具有高於第2樹脂成分之熔點。第1樹脂成分係表現該纖維之熱伸長性之成分,第2樹脂成分係表現熱熔合性之成分。第1樹脂成分及第2樹脂成分之熔點係使用示差掃描型熱量計(Seiko Instruments股份有限公司製造之DSC6200),對較細地裁斷之纖維試樣(試樣重量2mg)以升溫速度10℃/min進行熱分析,測定各樹脂之熔解峰值溫度,並定義為其熔解峰值溫度。於第2樹脂成分之熔點無法藉由該方法明確地測定之情形時,將該樹脂定義為「不具有熔點之樹脂」。於該情形時,作為第2樹脂成分之分子開始流動之溫度,將使第2樹脂成分熔合至可計測纖維之熔合點強度之程度的溫度設為軟化點,使用該軟化點代替熔點。 The conjugate fiber which is not subjected to the elongation treatment or the weak elongation treatment in the raw material stage as the heat-expandable fiber as an example of the high-stretch fiber has, for example, a first resin component constituting the core portion and a polyethylene resin constituting the sheath portion. In the second resin component, the first resin component has a higher melting point than the second resin component. The first resin component is a component that exhibits thermal elongation of the fiber, and the second resin component is a component that exhibits heat fusion properties. The melting point of the first resin component and the second resin component was measured by using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Co., Ltd.), and the fiber sample (sample weight: 2 mg) which was finely cut at a temperature increase rate of 10 ° C / Min was subjected to thermal analysis to determine the melting peak temperature of each resin and defined as its melting peak temperature. When the melting point of the second resin component cannot be clearly measured by the method, the resin is defined as "a resin having no melting point". In this case, the temperature at which the molecules of the second resin component start to flow is a temperature at which the second resin component is fused to the extent that the fusion point strength of the fiber can be measured, and the softening point is used instead of the melting point.

作為構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分,如上述般包含聚乙烯樹脂。作為該聚乙烯樹脂,可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)等。尤佳為密度為0.935g/cm3以上且0.965g/cm3以下之高密度聚乙烯。構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分較佳為單獨為聚乙烯樹脂,但亦可摻合其他樹脂。作為所摻合之其他樹脂,可列舉:聚丙烯樹脂、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA)、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物(EVOH)等。但是,構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分較佳為鞘部之樹脂成分中之50質量%以上、尤其是70質量%以上且100質量%以下為聚乙烯樹脂。又,該聚乙烯樹脂較佳為微晶尺寸為10nm以上且20nm以下,更佳為11.5nm以上且18nm以下。 The second resin component constituting the sheath portion contains a polyethylene resin as described above. Examples of the polyethylene resin include low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), and linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). More preferably, it is a high density polyethylene having a density of 0.935 g/cm 3 or more and 0.965 g/cm 3 or less. The second resin component constituting the sheath portion is preferably a polyethylene resin alone, but may be blended with other resins. Examples of the other resin to be blended include a polypropylene resin, an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), and an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH). However, the second resin component constituting the sheath portion is preferably a polyethylene resin in an amount of 50% by mass or more, particularly preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less based on the resin component of the sheath portion. Further, the polyethylene resin preferably has a crystallite size of 10 nm or more and 20 nm or less, more preferably 11.5 nm or more and 18 nm or less.

作為構成芯部之第1樹脂成分,可無特別限制地使用熔點高於作為鞘部之構成樹脂之聚乙烯樹脂之樹脂成分。作為構成芯部之樹脂成分,例如可列舉:聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯樹脂除外)、聚 對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)等聚酯系樹脂等。進而亦可使用聚醯胺系聚合物或樹脂成分為2種以上之共聚物等。亦可將複數種樹脂摻合而使用,於該情形時,芯部之熔點設為熔點最高之樹脂之熔點。就容易製造不織布之方面而言,較佳為構成芯部之第1樹脂成分之熔點與構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分之熔點之差(前者-後者)為20℃以上,又,較佳為150℃以下。 As the first resin component constituting the core portion, a resin component having a higher melting point than the polyethylene resin as the constituent resin of the sheath portion can be used without particular limitation. Examples of the resin component constituting the core portion include polyolefin resins (excluding polyethylene resins) such as polypropylene (PP), and polycondensation. A polyester resin such as ethylene terephthalate (PET) or polybutylene terephthalate (PBT). Further, a polyamine polymer or a resin component may be used as a copolymer of two or more kinds. A plurality of resins may be blended and used, and in this case, the melting point of the core is set to the melting point of the resin having the highest melting point. In terms of the ease of producing the nonwoven fabric, it is preferable that the difference between the melting point of the first resin component constituting the core portion and the melting point of the second resin component constituting the sheath portion (the former - the latter) is 20 ° C or higher, and more preferably Below 150 °C.

作為高伸度纖維之一例之熱伸長性纖維中之第1樹脂成分之較佳配向指數根據所使用之樹脂而自然地有所不同,例如於第1樹脂成分為聚丙烯樹脂之情形時,配向指數較佳為60%以下,更佳為40%以下,進而較佳為25%以下。於第1樹脂成分為聚酯之情形時,配向指數較佳為25%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下。另一方面,第2樹脂成分較佳為其配向指數為5%以上,更佳為15%以上,進而較佳為30%以上。配向指數成為構成纖維之樹脂之高分子鏈之配向程度之指標。 The preferred orientation index of the first resin component in the thermally extensible fiber as an example of the high-stretch fiber is naturally different depending on the resin to be used, for example, when the first resin component is a polypropylene resin, the alignment The index is preferably 60% or less, more preferably 40% or less, and still more preferably 25% or less. When the first resin component is a polyester, the orientation index is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 20% or less, still more preferably 10% or less. On the other hand, the second resin component preferably has an alignment index of 5% or more, more preferably 15% or more, still more preferably 30% or more. The alignment index is an index of the degree of alignment of the polymer chains constituting the resin of the fiber.

第1樹脂成分及第2樹脂成分之配向指數可藉由日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0027]~[0029]中記載之方法求出。又,熱伸長性纖維中之各樹脂成分達成如上述之配向指數之方法被記載於日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0033]~[0036]。 The alignment index of the first resin component and the second resin component can be determined by the method described in paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP-A-2010-168715. Further, a method of achieving the above-described alignment index for each of the resin components in the thermally extensible fiber is described in paragraphs [0033] to [0036] of JP-A-2010-168715.

又,高伸度纖維之伸度於原料階段較佳為100%以上,更佳為200%以上,進而較佳為250%以上,並且較佳為800%以下,更佳為500%以下,進而較佳為400%以下,具體而言,較佳為100%以上且800%以下,更佳為200%以上且500%以下,進而較佳為250%以上且400%以下。藉由使用具有該範圍之伸度之高伸度纖維,而該纖維於延伸裝置內被順利地拉伸,下述之自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18鄰接於熔合部12,皮膚觸感變得良好。 Further, the elongation of the high-stretch fiber is preferably 100% or more, more preferably 200% or more, further preferably 250% or more, and preferably 800% or less, more preferably 500% or less, in the raw material stage, and further It is preferably 400% or less, and specifically preferably 100% or more and 800% or less, more preferably 200% or more and 500% or less, further preferably 250% or more and 400% or less. By using a high-stretch fiber having an elongation of the range, the fiber is smoothly stretched in the stretching device, and the following point 18 from the small-diameter portion 16 to the large-diameter portion 17 is adjacent to the fusion portion 12 The skin feels good.

高伸度纖維之伸度係根據JIS L-1015,以測定環境溫濕度20±2 ℃、65±2%RH、拉伸試驗機之夾持間隔20mm、拉伸速度20mm/min之條件下之測定作為基準。再者,於自已製造出之不織布採集纖維而測定伸度時、以及無法將夾持間隔設為20mm之情形、即欲測定之纖維長度未達20mm之情形時,將夾持間隔設定為10mm或5mm進行測定。 The elongation of high-stretch fiber is based on JIS L-1015 to measure the ambient temperature and humidity of 20±2. The measurement under the conditions of °C, 65±2% RH, a clamping interval of a tensile tester of 20 mm, and a tensile speed of 20 mm/min was used as a reference. Further, when the self-manufactured non-woven fabric is used to collect the fibers and the elongation is measured, and the nip interval cannot be set to 20 mm, that is, when the fiber length to be measured is less than 20 mm, the nip interval is set to 10 mm or The measurement was carried out at 5 mm.

高伸度纖維中之第1樹脂成分與第2樹脂成分之比率(質量比,前者:後者)於原料階段較佳為10:90~90:10、尤其是20:80~80:20、進而為50:50~70:30。高伸度纖維之纖維長度可根據不織布之製造方法使用適當之長度者。於例如下述般利用梳棉法製造不織布之情形時,較佳為將纖維長度設為30~70mm左右。 The ratio of the first resin component to the second resin component in the high-stretch fiber (mass ratio, the former: the latter) is preferably 10:90 to 90:10, particularly 20:80 to 80:20 at the raw material stage, and further It is 50:50~70:30. The fiber length of the high-stretch fiber can be used according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric. When the nonwoven fabric is produced by the carding method as described below, for example, the fiber length is preferably about 30 to 70 mm.

高伸度纖維之纖維直徑於原料階段可根據不織布之具體用途而進行適當選擇。於使用不織布作為吸收性物品之正面片材等吸收性物品之構成構件之情形時,較佳為使用10μm以上者,尤佳為使用15μm以上者,並且較佳為使用35μm以下者,尤佳為使用30μm以下者,具體而言,較佳為使用10μm以上且35μm以下、尤其是15μm以上且30μm以下者。上述纖維直徑係利用下述方法進行測定。 The fiber diameter of the high-stretch fiber can be appropriately selected depending on the specific use of the nonwoven fabric in the raw material stage. When a non-woven fabric is used as a constituent member of an absorbent article such as a front sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferably used in an amount of 10 μm or more, particularly preferably 15 μm or more, and preferably 35 μm or less, particularly preferably When 30 μm or less is used, specifically, it is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, particularly 15 μm or more and 30 μm or less. The above fiber diameter was measured by the following method.

[纖維之纖維直徑之測定] [Determination of fiber diameter of fibers]

作為纖維之纖維直徑,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100),將纖維之剖面放大200倍~800倍進行觀察從而測定纖維之直徑(μm)。纖維之剖面係使用Feather剃刀(商品編號FAS-10,Feather Safety Razor股份有限公司製造),將纖維切斷而獲得。對所抽取之1根纖維測定5處近似為圓形時之纖維直徑,並將所分別測定之5處值之平均值設為纖維之直徑。 As the fiber diameter of the fiber, the fiber diameter (μm) was measured by observing the cross section of the fiber by 200 to 800 times using a scanning electron microscope (JCM-5100, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). The cross section of the fiber was obtained by cutting a fiber using a Feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). The fiber diameter at the time of five approximate circular shapes was measured for the extracted one fiber, and the average value of the five values measured separately was set as the diameter of the fiber.

關於在原料階段使用作為高伸度纖維之一例之熱伸長性纖維之情形,除上述熱伸長性纖維以外,亦可使用日本專利第4131852號公報、日本專利特開2005-350836號公報、日本專利特開2007-303035號 公報、日本專利特開2007-204899號公報、日本專利特開2007-204901號公報及日本專利特開2007-204902號公報等中記載之纖維。 In the case of using the heat-extensible fiber as an example of the high-stretch fiber in the raw material stage, in addition to the above-mentioned heat-extensible fiber, Japanese Patent No. 4131852, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2005-350836, and Japanese Patent No. Special opening 2007-303035 The fibers described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-204899, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-204901, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-204902.

關於本發明(第2發明)之不織布,如圖10所示,著眼於不織布1B之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,該構成纖維11於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部16、16所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部17。具體而言,如圖10所示,著眼於不織布1B之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,其係纖維直徑較小之小徑部16以大致相同之纖維直徑自使與另一構成纖維11之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部12延出而形成。並且,著眼於該1根構成纖維11,其係於自相鄰之熔合部12、12各者所延出之小徑部16、16彼此之間,纖維直徑大於小徑部16之大徑部17以大致相同之纖維直徑延出而形成。若進行詳細敍述,則不織布1B具有如下構成纖維11:著眼於1根構成纖維11,自相鄰之熔合部12、12中之一熔合部12朝另一熔合部12依序配置有一熔合部12側之小徑部16、1個大徑部17、另一熔合部12側之小徑部16。又,關於不織布1B,如圖10所示,著眼於不織布1B之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間具有具備複數個(不織布1B中為2個)大徑部17之構成纖維11。若進行詳細敍述,則不織布1B具有如下構成纖維11:著眼於1根構成纖維11,自相鄰之熔合部12、12中之一熔合部12朝另一熔合部12依序配置有一熔合部12側之小徑部16、第1個大徑部17、小徑部16、第2個大徑部17、另一熔合部12側之小徑部16。藉由如上述般以與提高不織布1B之剛性之熔合部12相鄰之方式存在低剛性之小徑部16,從而提高不織布1B之柔軟性,皮膚觸感變得良好。又,具備大徑部17越多、換言之於構成纖維11存在越多之低剛性之小徑部16,則不織布1B之柔軟性進一步提高,皮膚觸感變得更好。關於不織布1B,就皮膚觸感提高之觀點與不織布強度降低之觀點而言,著眼於1根構成纖維11,於相鄰之熔合部 12、12彼此之間較佳為具備1個以上之大徑部17,進而較佳為具備1個以上,並且較佳為具備5個以下,進而較佳為具備3個以下,具體而言,較佳為具備1個以上且5個以下,進而較佳為具備1個以上且3個以下。 As shown in FIG. 10, the non-woven fabric of the present invention (second invention) focuses on one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B, and the constituent fibers 11 have between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. The large diameter portion 17 having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by the small diameter portions 16 and 16 having two small fiber diameters. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B is formed, and the small-diameter portion 16 having a small fiber diameter is self-contained with another constituent fiber with substantially the same fiber diameter. The fusion portion 12 formed by heat fusion at the intersection of 11 is formed to be extended. Further, attention is paid to the one constituent fiber 11 which is formed between the small diameter portions 16 and 16 extending from the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and the fiber diameter is larger than the large diameter portion of the small diameter portion 16. 17 is formed by extending substantially the same fiber diameter. As will be described in detail, the nonwoven fabric 1B has the constituent fibers 11 which are focused on one constituent fiber 11 and have a fusing portion 12 disposed one by one from the adjacent fusing portions 12 and 12 toward the other fusing portion 12. The small diameter portion 16 on the side, the one large diameter portion 17, and the small diameter portion 16 on the other fusion portion 12 side. In addition, as for the nonwoven fabric 1B, as shown in FIG. 10, one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B is formed, and a plurality of the adjacent constituents 12 and 12 are provided between the adjacent fabrics 1 and 2 (not in the nonwoven fabric 1B). The constituent fibers 11 of the large diameter portion 17 are formed. As will be described in detail, the nonwoven fabric 1B has the constituent fibers 11 which are focused on one constituent fiber 11 and have a fusing portion 12 disposed one by one from the adjacent fusing portions 12 and 12 toward the other fusing portion 12. The small diameter portion 16 on the side, the first large diameter portion 17, the small diameter portion 16, the second large diameter portion 17, and the small diameter portion 16 on the other fusion portion 12 side. By having the small-diameter portion 16 having low rigidity adjacent to the fusion portion 12 for increasing the rigidity of the nonwoven fabric 1B as described above, the softness of the nonwoven fabric 1B is improved, and the skin feel is good. In addition, the larger the large diameter portion 17, in other words, the small diameter portion 16 having the low rigidity of the constituent fibers 11, the more the softness of the nonwoven fabric 1B is further improved, and the skin feel is further improved. Regarding the non-woven fabric 1B, from the viewpoint of improving the feeling of the skin and the strength of the non-woven fabric, attention is paid to one constituent fiber 11 to the adjacent fusion portion. 12 and 12 preferably have one or more large diameter portions 17 and further preferably have one or more, and preferably have five or less, and more preferably have three or less. Specifically, It is preferable to have one or more and five or less, and it is more preferable to have one or more and three or less.

小徑部16之纖維直徑(直徑L16)相對於大徑部17之纖維直徑(直徑L17)之比率(L16/L17)較佳為0.5以上,進而較佳為0.55以上,並且較佳為0.8以下,進而較佳為0.7以下,具體而言,較佳為0.5以上且0.8以下,進而較佳為0.55以上且0.7以下。具體而言,就皮膚觸感提高之觀點與不織布強度降低之觀點而言,小徑部16之纖維直徑(直徑L16)較佳為5μm以上,進而較佳為6.5μm以上,尤佳為7.5μm以上,並且較佳為28μm以下,進而較佳為20μm以下,尤佳為16μm以下,具體而言,較佳為5μm以上且28μm以下,進而較佳為6.5μm以上且20μm以下,尤佳為7.5μm以上且16μm以下。就皮膚觸感提高之觀點而言,大徑部17之纖維直徑(直徑L17)較佳為10μm以上,進而較佳為13μm以上,尤佳為15μm以上,且較佳為35μm以下,進而較佳為25μm以下,尤佳為20μm以下,具體而言,較佳為10μm以上且35μm以下,進而較佳為13μm以上且25μm以下,尤佳為15μm以上且20μm以下。 The small-diameter portion 16 of the fiber diameter (L 16) with respect to the large diameter portion 17 of the fiber diameter (L 17) of the ratio (L 16 / L 17) is preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 0.55 or more, and more It is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.7 or less, and specifically preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, and more preferably 0.55 or more and 0.7 or less. Specifically, the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small-diameter portion 16 is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 6.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 7.5, from the viewpoint of improving the feeling of the skin and reducing the strength of the nonwoven fabric. It is preferably not more than μm, more preferably 28 μm or less, further preferably 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 16 μm or less, and specifically preferably 5 μm or more and 28 μm or less, more preferably 6.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm or more and 16 μm or less. The fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 13 μm or more, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more, and preferably 35 μm or less, from the viewpoint of improving the touch of the skin. It is preferably 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 20 μm or less. Specifically, it is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and still more preferably 15 μm or more and 20 μm or less.

小徑部16及大徑部17之纖維直徑(直徑L16、L17)係以與上述纖維之纖維直徑之測定相同之方式進行測定。 The fiber diameters (diameters L 16 and L 17 ) of the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 were measured in the same manner as the measurement of the fiber diameter of the above fibers.

又,關於本發明(第2發明)之不織布,如圖10所示,著眼於不織布1B之構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,自鄰接於熔合部12之小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18係配置於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內。此處,所謂本發明(第2發明)之不織布之變化點18,其不包含自以較小之纖維直徑延出之小徑部16連續地向以纖維直徑大於小徑部16之纖維直徑延出之大徑部17逐漸變化 之部位或者連續地經過複數個階段而向大徑部17變化之部位,意指纖維直徑發生極端變化之部位。又,於上述1根構成纖維11為芯鞘型複合纖維之情形時,所謂本發明(第2發明)之不織布之變化點18,其不包含因於構成芯部之第1樹脂成分與構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分之間發生剝離而纖維直徑發生變化之狀態,意指始終藉由延伸而使纖維直徑發生變化之部位。 In the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (second invention), as shown in FIG. 10, one of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B is focused on the large-diameter portion from the small-diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fusion portion 12 to the large-diameter portion. The change point 18 of 17 is disposed within a range from the fusion portion 12 to one third of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. Here, the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (second invention) does not include the small diameter portion 16 extending from the smaller fiber diameter continuously to the fiber diameter larger than the small diameter portion 16 The large diameter section 17 gradually changes The portion or the portion that continuously changes to the large diameter portion 17 through a plurality of stages means a portion where the fiber diameter is extremely changed. In the case where the one constituent fiber 11 is a core-sheath type composite fiber, the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (second invention) does not include the first resin component and the constituent sheath constituting the core portion. The state in which the second resin component is separated from each other and the fiber diameter is changed means a portion where the fiber diameter is always changed by stretching.

又,所謂變化點18係配置於自熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內係指如下含義:隨機抽取不織布1B之構成纖維11,使用作為掃描式電子顯微鏡之日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名),以可對該構成纖維11如圖10所示般觀察構成纖維11之相鄰之熔合部12、12間之方式(100倍~300倍)進行放大。繼而,將相鄰之熔合部12、12之中心彼此之間隔T進行3等分,區分為一熔合部12側之區域AT、另一熔合部12側之區域BT、中央區域CT。然後,將變化點18配置於上述區域AT或上述區域BT。又,所謂變化點18係配置於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內之不織布1B,係指於隨機抽取20根不織布1B之構成纖維11時,於上述區域AT或上述區域BT配置有變化點18之構成纖維11於20根構成纖維11中具有至少1根以上的不織布。具體而言,就觸感提高之觀點而言,較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,尤佳為10根以上。 Further, the change point 18 is disposed in a range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and means that the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B are randomly extracted and used. JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd., a scanning electron microscope, in which the constituent fibers 11 can be observed as shown in Fig. 10, and the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 of the fibers 11 are observed. (100 times to 300 times) to zoom in. Then, the distance T between the centers of the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12 is divided into three equal parts, and is divided into a region AT on the side of the fusion portion 12, a region BT on the side of the other fusion portion 12, and a central region CT. Then, the change point 18 is placed in the above-described area AT or the above-described area BT. Further, the change point 18 is disposed in the non-woven fabric 1B in a range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, and means that 20 non-woven fabrics 1B are randomly selected. When the fibers 11 are formed, the constituent fibers 11 having the change points 18 in the region AT or the region BT have at least one nonwoven fabric in the 20 constituent fibers 11. Specifically, from the viewpoint of improving the feeling of touch, it is preferably one or more, more preferably five or more, and still more preferably 10 or more.

如下述般,本實施形態之不織布1B藉由延伸,不僅側部區13c而且凸條部13之頂部即頂部區13a及凹條部14之底部即底部區13b均得以延伸,相較於延伸前之原料不織布,不織布整體之纖維密度降低。藉此,不織布1B整體之通液性與通氣性提高。於頂部區13a、底部區13b及側部區13c中,尤其容易被延伸、纖維密度容易降低者為側部區13c,於側部區13c,通液性與通氣性均尤其提高。 As described below, the non-woven fabric 1B of the present embodiment is extended not only by the side portion 13c but also the top portion 13a at the top of the ridge portion 13 and the bottom portion 13b at the bottom of the concave portion 14, as compared with the front portion The raw material is not woven, and the fiber density of the non-woven fabric is reduced. Thereby, the liquid permeability and air permeability of the nonwoven fabric 1B as a whole are improved. In the top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b, and the side portion 13c, the side portion 13c is particularly easy to be stretched, and the fiber density is easily lowered. In the side portion 13c, the liquid permeability and the air permeability are particularly improved.

本實施形態之不織布1B係以側部區13c之纖維密度小於凸條部13之頂部即頂部區13a之纖維密度及凹條部14之底部即底部區13b之纖維密度之方式形成。此處,所謂纖維密度係指不織布1B之每單位體積之纖維質量。所謂纖維密度較高,意指不織布1B之每單位體積所存在之纖維量較多,纖維間距離較小。所謂纖維密度較低,意指不織布1B之每單位體積所存在之纖維量較少,纖維間距離較大。再者,纖維密度較高之部位其毛細管力升高,纖維密度較低之部位其毛細管力降低。 The non-woven fabric 1B of the present embodiment is formed such that the fiber density of the side portion 13c is smaller than the fiber density of the top portion 13a which is the top of the ridge portion 13, and the fiber density of the bottom portion 13b which is the bottom of the concave portion 14. Here, the fiber density means the fiber mass per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1B. The higher fiber density means that the amount of fibers per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1B is large, and the distance between the fibers is small. The lower fiber density means that the amount of fibers per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1B is small and the distance between the fibers is large. Further, the capillary strength is increased in the portion where the fiber density is high, and the capillary force is lowered in the portion where the fiber density is low.

如圖9所示剖面觀察不織布1B時,不織布1B係以使凸條部13之頂部(頂部區13a)及凹條部14之底部(底部區13b)之間之側部區13c之纖維密度最小之方式形成。因此,於側部區13c,不織布1B之每單位體積所存在之纖維量變得最少,纖維間距離變得最大,不織布1B整體之通氣性提高並且通液性亦得以提高。進而,藉由以使側部區13c之纖維密度最小之方式形成,凸條部13變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,可實現良好之皮膚觸感。為了對側部區13c賦予此種纖維密度,只要依據下述之製造方法製造不織布1B即可。 When the nonwoven fabric 1B is viewed in section as shown in Fig. 9, the nonwoven fabric 1B is such that the fiber density of the side portion 13c between the top of the ridge portion 13 (the top portion 13a) and the bottom portion (the bottom portion 13b) of the concave portion 14 is minimized. The way it is formed. Therefore, in the side portion 13c, the amount of fibers per unit volume of the nonwoven fabric 1B is minimized, the distance between fibers is maximized, and the air permeability of the nonwoven fabric 1B as a whole is improved and the liquid permeability is also improved. Further, by forming the fiber density of the side portion 13c to a minimum, the ridge portion 13 easily follows the movement of the wearer's skin, and a good skin feel can be achieved. In order to impart such a fiber density to the side portion 13c, the nonwoven fabric 1B may be produced in accordance with the following production method.

側部區13c之纖維密度(D15)相對於頂部區13a之纖維密度(D13)之比率、或相對於底部區13b之纖維密度(D14)之比率(D15/D13,D15/D14)較佳為0.15以上,進而較佳為0.2以上,並且較佳為0.9以下,進而較佳為0.8以下,具體而言,較佳為0.15以上且0.9以下,進而較佳為0.2以上且0.8以下。又,關於不織布1B之纖維密度之具體值,頂部區13a之纖維密度(D13)較佳為80根/mm2以上,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上,並且較佳為200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為180根/mm2以下,具體而言,較佳為80根/mm2以上且200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上且180根/mm2以下。又,底部區13b之纖維密度(D14)較佳為80根/mm2以上,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上,並且較佳為200根/mm2以下, 進而較佳為180根/mm2以下,具體而言,較佳為80根/mm2以上且200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上且180根/mm2以下。又,側部區13c之纖維密度(D15)較佳為30根/mm2以上,進而較佳為40根/mm2以上,並且較佳為80根/mm2以下,進而較佳為70根/mm2以下,具體而言,較佳為30根/mm2以上且80根/mm2以下,進而較佳為40根/mm2以上且70根/mm2以下。頂部區13a之纖維密度係於凸條部13之頂點附近之位置進行測定。底部區13b之纖維密度係於凹條部14之底點附近之位置進行測定。纖維密度之測定方法如下所述。 Lateral zones fiber density 13c of (D 15) with respect to the fiber density (D 13) at the top region 13a of the rate, or relative to the fiber density (D 14) the bottom of the region 13b of the ratio (D 15 / D 13, D 15 /D 14 ) is preferably 0.15 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, and is preferably 0.9 or less, further preferably 0.8 or less, specifically, preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, and more preferably 0.2 or more. And 0.8 or less. Further, regarding the specific value of the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric 1B, the fiber density (D 13 ) of the top portion 13a is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more, further preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more, and preferably 200 pieces / Mm 2 or less is more preferably 180 pieces/mm 2 or less, and specifically, preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more and 200 pieces/mm 2 or less, and more preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more and 180 pieces / Below mm 2 . Further, the fiber density (D 14 ) of the bottom portion 13b is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more, further preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more, and more preferably 200 pieces/mm 2 or less, and further preferably 180 pieces. / mm 2 or less, specifically, is preferably 80 / mm 2 or more and 200 / mm 2 or less, further preferably 90 / mm 2 or more and 180 / mm 2 or less. Further, the fiber density (D 15 ) of the side portion 13c is preferably 30 pieces/mm 2 or more, more preferably 40 pieces/mm 2 or more, and further preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or less, and further preferably 70 pieces. The root/mm 2 or less is specifically 30 pieces/mm 2 or more and 80 pieces/mm 2 or less, and more preferably 40 pieces/mm 2 or more and 70 pieces/mm 2 or less. The fiber density of the top portion 13a is measured at a position near the apex of the ridge portion 13. The fiber density of the bottom portion 13b is measured at a position near the bottom point of the concave portion 14. The method for measuring the fiber density is as follows.

[頂部區13a、底部區13b或側部區13c之纖維密度之測定方法] [Method for Measuring Fiber Density of Top Zone 13a, Bottom Zone 13b or Side Zone 13c]

使用Feather剃刀(商品編號FAS-10,Feather Safety Razor股份有限公司製造)切斷不織布,關於頂部區13a之纖維密度,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡,對於將不織布之切斷面之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之上方部位即凸條部13之頂點附近進行放大觀察(調整為可計測30~60根纖維之纖維剖面之倍率;150~500倍),藉由每一定面積(0.5mm2)之上述切斷面,計數所切斷之纖維之剖面數。繼而,換算成每1mm2之纖維之剖面數,將其設為頂部區13a之纖維密度。測定係以3處部位進行,進行平均並將其設為該試樣之纖維密度。同樣地,關於底部區13b之纖維密度,對於將不織布之切斷面之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之下方部位即凹條部14之底點附近進行測定而求出。同樣地,關於側部區13c之纖維密度,對於將不織布之切斷面之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之中央部位進行測定而求出。再者,作為掃描式電子顯微鏡,使用日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名)。 The nonwoven fabric was cut with a Feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.), and the fiber density of the top region 13a was measured by using a scanning electron microscope, and the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric was 3 in the Z direction. The upper part of the time division, that is, the vicinity of the apex of the ridge portion 13 is magnified and observed (adjusted to measure the magnification of the fiber profile of 30 to 60 fibers; 150 to 500 times), by the above-mentioned area (0.5 mm 2 ) Cut the surface and count the number of sections of the cut fiber. Then, the number of sections of the fiber per 1 mm 2 was converted into the fiber density of the top portion 13a. The measurement was carried out at three locations, and averaged and set as the fiber density of the sample. In the same manner, the fiber density of the bottom portion 13b is determined by measuring the vicinity of the bottom point of the concave portion 14 when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Similarly, the fiber density of the side portion 13c is determined by measuring the center portion when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Further, as a scanning electron microscope, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used.

又,本實施形態之不織布1B係以構成側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數多於成頂部區13a及底部區13b之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數之方式形成。藉此,頂部區13a變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,可實現良好之皮膚觸感。構成側部區13c之構 成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N15)相對於構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N13)之比率、或相對於構成底部區13b之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N14)之比率(N15/N13,N15/N14)較佳為2以上,進而較佳為5以上,並且較佳為20以下,進而較佳為20以下,具體而言,較佳為2以上且20以下,進而較佳為5以上且20以下。又,關於不織布1B之具有變化點18之纖維根數之具體值,構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N13)較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,並且較佳為15根以下,進而較佳為15根以下,具體而言,較佳為1根以上且15根以下,進而較佳為5根以上且15根以下。又,構成底部區13b之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N14)較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,並且較佳為15根以下,進而較佳為15根以下,具體而言,較佳為1根以上且15根以下,進而較佳為5根以上且15根以下。又,構成側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數(N15)較佳為5根以上,進而較佳為10根以上,並且較佳為20根以下,進而較佳為20根以下,具體而言,較佳為5根以上且20根以下,進而較佳為10根以上且20根以下。具有變化點18之纖維根數之測定方法如下所述。 Further, in the nonwoven fabric 1B of the present embodiment, the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the side portion 13c is larger than the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers of the top portion 13a and the bottom portion 13b. The way is formed. Thereby, the top region 13a becomes easy to follow the movement of the wearer's skin, and a good skin feel can be achieved. The ratio of the number of fibers (N 15 ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion 13c to the number of fibers (N 13 ) having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a, or relative to the constitution The ratio (N 15 /N 13 , N 15 /N 14 ) of the number of fibers (N 14 ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers of the bottom portion 13b is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and is preferably. It is 20 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and specifically, it is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. Further, regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1B, the number of fibers (N 13 ) having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a is preferably one or more, and more preferably 5 or more. The roots are preferably 15 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and specifically preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Further, the number of fibers (N 14 ) having a change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom portion 13b is preferably one or more, more preferably five or more, and preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 15 or less. Specifically, the roots are preferably one or more and 15 or less, and more preferably five or more and 15 or less. Further, the number of fibers (N 15 ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion 13c is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and still preferably 20 or less, and further preferably 20 or less, specifically, it is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less. The method of measuring the number of fibers having the change point 18 is as follows.

[構成頂部區13a、底部區13b或側部區13c之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數之測定方法] [Method for Measuring the Number of Fibers Having Change Point 18 among the constituent fibers of the top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b, or the side portion 13c]

關於構成頂部區13a之構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維根數,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡,對於將不織布之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之上方部位即凸條部13之頂點附近進行放大觀察(調整為可計測30~60根纖維之纖維剖面之倍率;50~500倍),隨機抽取20根構成頂部區13a之構成纖維11,計數20根構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維數。於熔合部彼此之間具有1個以上之變化點18之情形時,設為具有變化點18之纖維數,於具有複數個之情形時,亦設為1根。將其設為構成頂部區 13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數。測定係以3處部位進行,進行平均並將其設為該試樣之構成頂部區13a之構成纖維中具有變化點18之纖維根數。同樣地,關於構成底部區13b之構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維根數,對於將不織布之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之下方部位即凹條部14之底點附近進行測定而求出。同樣地,關於構成側部區13c之構成纖維11中具有變化點18之纖維根數,對於將不織布之厚度沿Z方向3等分時之中央部位進行測定而求出。再者,作為掃描式電子顯微鏡,使用日本電子股份有限公司製造之JCM-5100(商品名)。 The number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top portion 13a is enlarged by the scanning electron microscope, and the vicinity of the apex portion of the ridge portion 13 when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction is enlarged. Observe (adjusted to measure the magnification of the fiber profile of 30 to 60 fibers; 50 to 500 times), randomly select 20 constituent fibers 11 constituting the top portion 13a, and count the number of fibers having 20 change points 18 in the constituent fibers 11. . When there is one or more change points 18 between the fusion portions, the number of fibers having the change point 18 is set to be one, and when there are a plurality of fibers, the number is also one. Set it to form the top area The number of fibers having a change point 18 among the constituent fibers of 13a. The measurement was carried out at three locations, and the average was made into the number of fibers having the change point 18 among the constituent fibers constituting the top portion 13a of the sample. Similarly, the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the bottom portion 13b is measured in the vicinity of the bottom point of the concave portion 14 when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Out. Similarly, the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side portion 13c is determined by measuring the center portion when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided in the Z direction by three. Further, as a scanning electron microscope, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used.

本實施形態之不織布1B例如可使用於具有配置於皮膚對向面側之正面片材、配置於非皮膚對向面側之背面片材、及介置於上述兩片材間之吸收體的拋棄式尿布或者生理用衛生棉等吸收性物品。尤其是可由不織布1B形成該吸收性物品之構成構件中之上述正面片材、或由不織布1B形成配置於上述正面片材與上述吸收體之間之液體透過性次層。若由不織布1B形成上述正面片材,則由於不織布1B為凹凸構造之不織布,故而與皮膚之接觸面積率降低,更難以發生摩擦。又,若由不織布1B形成上述正面片材或上述次層,則由於不織布1B為凹凸構造之不織布,故而耐壓縮性提高,緩衝感提高,並且可防止體液之回滲。 The nonwoven fabric 1B of the present embodiment can be used, for example, for a disposable sheet disposed on the skin facing surface side, a back sheet disposed on the non-skin opposing surface side, and a disposable body interposed between the two sheets. Absorbent articles such as diapers or sanitary napkins. In particular, the front sheet of the constituent member of the absorbent article may be formed of the nonwoven fabric 1B, or the liquid permeable sublayer disposed between the front sheet and the absorbent body may be formed of the nonwoven fabric 1B. When the front sheet is formed of the nonwoven fabric 1B, since the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure, the contact area ratio with the skin is lowered, and friction is less likely to occur. In addition, when the nonwoven fabric 1B is formed of the nonwoven fabric 1B, the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure, so that the compression resistance is improved, the cushioning feeling is improved, and the backwash of the body fluid can be prevented.

關於不織布1B之厚度,將不織布1B於側視時之整體厚度設為片材厚度TS,將其經凹凸彎曲之不織布1B之局部厚度設為層厚TL。片材厚度TS只要根據用途進行適當調節即可,於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,較佳為0.5mm以上,更佳為1mm以上,並且較佳為7mm以下,更佳為5mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.5mm以上且7mm以下,更佳為1mm以上且5mm以下。藉由設為該範圍,使用時之體液吸收速度加快,可抑制自吸收體之回液,實現更適度之緩衝性。 Regarding the thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1B, the overall thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1B when viewed from the side is the sheet thickness T S , and the partial thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1B which is bent by the unevenness is defined as the layer thickness T L . The sheet thickness T S may be appropriately adjusted according to the use, and is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, and preferably 7 mm or less when used as a front sheet or a secondary layer of an absorbent article. More preferably, it is 5 mm or less, and specifically, it is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 7 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less. By setting it as this range, the body fluid absorption rate at the time of use is accelerated, and the liquid return of the self-absorber can be suppressed, and the moderate cushioning property can be implement|achieved.

層厚TL於不織布1B內之各部位可有所不同,只要根據用途進行適當調節即可。於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,頂部區13a之層厚TL1較佳為0.1mm以上,更佳為0.2mm以上,並且較佳為3.0mm以下,更佳為2.0mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.1mm以上且3.0mm以下,更佳為0.2mm以上且2.0mm以下。底部區13b之層厚TL2較佳為0.1mm以上,更佳為0.2mm以上,並且較佳為3.0mm以下,更佳為2.0mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.1mm以上且3.0mm以下,更佳為0.2mm以上且2.0mm以下。側部區13c之層厚TL3較佳為0.1mm以上,更佳為0.2mm以上,並且較佳為3.0mm以下,更佳為2.0mm以下,具體而言,較佳為0.1mm以上且3.0mm以下,更佳為0.2mm以上且2.0mm以下。藉由設為該範圍,使用時之體液吸收速度加快,可抑制自吸收體之回液,實現更適度之緩衝性。 The layer thickness T L may be different in each portion in the nonwoven fabric 1B, and may be appropriately adjusted according to the use. When used as a front sheet or a sub-layer of an absorbent article, the layer thickness T L1 of the top portion 13a is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less, specifically, it is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The layer thickness T L2 of the bottom portion 13b is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The layer thickness T L3 of the side portion 13c is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0. Below mm, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. By setting it as this range, the body fluid absorption rate at the time of use is accelerated, and the liquid return of the self-absorber can be suppressed, and the moderate cushioning property can be implement|achieved.

片材厚度TS及層厚TL係利用以下之方法進行測定。 The sheet thickness T S and the layer thickness T L were measured by the following methods.

片材厚度TS之測定方法係於對不織布1B施加0.05kPa之荷重之狀態下,使用厚度測定器進行測定。厚度測定器使用的是Omron公司製造之雷射位移計。厚度測定係測定10處,算出其等之平均值並將其設為厚度。 The measurement method of the sheet thickness T S was carried out using a thickness measuring device while applying a load of 0.05 kPa to the nonwoven fabric 1B. The thickness gauge is a laser displacement meter manufactured by Omron. In the thickness measurement system, 10 points were measured, and the average value of these was calculated and made into thickness.

層厚TL之測定法係藉由KEYENCE製造之數位顯微鏡VHX-900,以約20倍左右放大片材之剖面,藉此測定各層之厚度。 The layer thickness T L was measured by a digital microscope VHX-900 manufactured by KEYENCE, which magnified the cross section of the sheet by about 20 times, thereby measuring the thickness of each layer.

俯視不織布1B時,Y方向上相鄰之頂部區13a彼此之間距只要根據用途進行適當調節即可,於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,較佳為1mm以上,更佳為1.5mm以上,並且較佳為15mm以下,更佳為10mm以下,具體而言,較佳為1mm以上且15mm以下,更佳為1.5mm以上且10mm以下。 When the non-woven fabric 1B is viewed from above, the distance between the adjacent top regions 13a in the Y direction may be appropriately adjusted according to the use, and when used as a front sheet or a sub-layer of an absorbent article, it is preferably 1 mm or more. It is preferably 1.5 mm or more, and is preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, and specifically preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less.

又,不織布1B之基重亦取決於不織布1B之具體用途,於用作吸收性物品之正面片材或次層之情形時,以片材整體之平均值計,較佳 為15g/m2以上,更佳為20g/m2以上,並且較佳為50g/m2以下,更佳為40g/m2以下,具體而言,較佳為15g/m2以上且50g/m2以下,更佳為20g/m2以上且40g/m2以下。 Further, the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric 1B also depends on the specific use of the nonwoven fabric 1B, and in the case of being used as the front sheet or the secondary layer of the absorbent article, it is preferably 15 g/m 2 or more based on the average value of the entire sheet. More preferably, it is 20 g/m 2 or more, and is preferably 50 g/m 2 or less, more preferably 40 g/m 2 or less, and specifically, preferably 15 g/m 2 or more and 50 g/m 2 or less, more preferably It is 20 g/m 2 or more and 40 g/m 2 or less.

又,於不織布1B之構成纖維11之表面亦可於原料階段附著少量之纖維著色劑、抗靜電特性劑、潤滑劑、親水劑等纖維處理劑。 Further, a small amount of a fiber coloring agent, an antistatic property agent, a lubricant, a hydrophilic agent or the like may be applied to the surface of the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1B at the raw material stage.

作為使纖維處理劑附著於構成纖維11之表面之方法,可無特別限制地採用各種公知之方法。例如可列舉:噴霧塗佈、利用狹縫式塗佈機進行之塗佈、利用輥轉印進行之塗佈、於纖維處理劑中之浸漬等。該等處理可對於纖維網化前之纖維進行,亦可將纖維利用各種方法纖維網化後進行。但是必須於下述熱風吹送處理之前進行處理。表面附著有纖維處理劑之纖維例如藉由熱風送風式乾燥機,於較聚乙烯樹脂之熔點充分低之溫度(例如120℃以下)下進行乾燥。 As a method of attaching the fiber treating agent to the surface constituting the fiber 11, various known methods can be employed without particular limitation. For example, spray coating, application by a slit coater, application by roll transfer, immersion in a fiber treatment agent, etc. are mentioned. These treatments may be carried out on the fibers before the fiber webization, or the fibers may be subjected to fiber meshing by various methods. However, it must be processed before the hot air blowing process described below. The fiber to which the fiber treatment agent is adhered on the surface is dried, for example, by a hot air blow dryer at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the polyethylene resin (for example, 120 ° C or lower).

本發明(第2發明)之不織布藉由具備如下步驟之不織布之製造方法進行製造:熔合步驟,其係使包含高伸度纖維之纖維網之構成纖維彼此之交點經由熔合部熱熔合,而形成纖維片材;及延伸步驟,其係使上述纖維片材於一方向上延伸。關於本發明(第2發明)之不織布之製造方法之一實施態樣,列舉上述不織布1B之較佳製造方法為例,且一面參照圖11一面進行說明。圖11中,模式性地表示不織布1B之製造方法中使用之較佳之製造裝置100B。製造裝置100B係可較佳地使用於熱風不織布之製造者。製造裝置100B自製造步驟之上游側朝下游側,依序具備纖維網形成部200、熱風處理部300及延伸部400。 The non-woven fabric of the present invention (second invention) is produced by a method for producing a non-woven fabric having a step of melting a portion of the constituent fibers of the web including the high-stretch fibers by heat fusion through the fusion portion. a fiber sheet; and an extending step of extending the fiber sheet in one direction. In one embodiment of the method for producing a nonwoven fabric according to the present invention (second invention), a preferred manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1B will be described as an example, and will be described with reference to FIG. In Fig. 11, a preferred manufacturing apparatus 100B used in the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1B is schematically shown. The manufacturing apparatus 100B can be preferably used for the manufacturer of the hot air non-woven fabric. The manufacturing apparatus 100B is provided with the web forming part 200, the hot air processing part 300, and the extension part 400 in order from the upstream side of the manufacturing process to the downstream side.

如圖11所示,纖維網形成部200具備纖維網形成裝置201。作為纖維網形成裝置201,可使用梳棉機。作為梳棉機,可無特別限制地使用與吸收性物品之技術領域中所通常使用之梳棉機相同者。根據不織布1B之具體用途,亦可使用其他纖維網製造裝置、例如氣紡裝置代替梳棉機。 As shown in FIG. 11, the web forming part 200 is provided with the web forming apparatus 201. As the web forming device 201, a carding machine can be used. As the card, the same as the card generally used in the technical field of absorbent articles can be used without particular limitation. Depending on the specific use of the nonwoven fabric 1B, other web manufacturing equipment, such as an air spinning device, may be used instead of the carding machine.

如圖11所示,熱風處理部300具備濾罩301。於濾罩301內,可利用熱風方式吹送熱風。又,熱風處理部300具備包含通氣性網之環形狀之輸送帶302。輸送帶302環繞於濾罩301內。輸送帶302由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等樹脂、或金屬形成。 As shown in FIG. 11 , the hot air treatment unit 300 includes a filter cover 301 . In the filter cover 301, hot air can be blown by hot air. Further, the hot air treatment unit 300 includes a belt 302 having a ring shape including a permeable mesh. A conveyor belt 302 surrounds the filter housing 301. The conveyor belt 302 is formed of a resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or a metal.

吹送於濾罩301內之熱風之溫度及熱處理時間較佳為以使纖維網10之構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維之交點熱熔合之方式進行調整。具體而言,熱風之溫度較佳為調整為相對於纖維網10之構成纖維11中之熔點最低之樹脂之熔點高0℃~30℃之溫度。熱處理時間較佳為根據熱風之溫度調整為1秒~5秒。又,就促進構成纖維11彼此之進一步交絡之觀點而言,熱風之風速較佳為0.3m/秒~1.5m/秒左右。又,搬送速度較佳為5m/min~100m/min左右。 The temperature of the hot air blown into the filter 301 and the heat treatment time are preferably adjusted so that the intersection of the high-stretch fibers contained in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 is thermally fused. Specifically, the temperature of the hot air is preferably adjusted to a temperature of 0 ° C to 30 ° C higher than the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point among the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 . The heat treatment time is preferably adjusted to 1 second to 5 seconds depending on the temperature of the hot air. Further, from the viewpoint of promoting further entanglement of the constituent fibers 11 with each other, the wind speed of the hot air is preferably about 0.3 m/sec to 1.5 m/sec. Further, the conveying speed is preferably about 5 m/min to 100 m/min.

如圖11、圖12所示,延伸部400具備能夠相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥401、402。一對凹凸輥401、402係以能夠加熱之方式形成,且分別係以大徑凸部403、404與小徑凹部(未圖示)於輥軸方向上交替配置之方式形成。凹凸輥401、402可進行加熱亦可不進行,就容易使下述纖維片材1a之構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維延伸之觀點而言,於加熱凹凸輥401、402之情形時之加熱溫度較佳為設為高伸度纖維中之玻璃轉移點最高之樹脂之玻璃轉移點以上且高伸度纖維中之熔點最低之樹脂之熔點以下。更佳為較纖維之玻璃轉移點高10℃之溫度以上且較熔點低10℃之溫度以下,進而較佳為較纖維之玻璃轉移點高20℃之溫度以上且較熔點低20℃之溫度以下。例如,於纖維使用作為芯/鞘構造之纖維的玻璃轉移點67℃、熔點258℃之PET(芯)/玻璃轉移點-20℃、熔點135℃之PE(鞘)時對其進行加熱之情形時,較佳為加熱至67℃以上且135℃以下,更佳為加熱至77℃以上且125℃以下,進而較佳為加熱至87℃以上且115℃以下。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the extending portion 400 is provided with a pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 that can mesh with each other. The pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 are formed to be heatable, and are formed by alternately arranging the large-diameter convex portions 403 and 404 and the small-diameter concave portions (not shown) in the roller axis direction. The embossing rolls 401 and 402 can be heated or not, and the high-stretch fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a described below can be easily heated in the case of heating the embossing rolls 401 and 402. The temperature is preferably set to be greater than or equal to the melting point of the resin having the highest glass transition point in the high elongation fiber and the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point in the high elongation fiber. More preferably, it is higher than the temperature at which the glass transition point of the fiber is 10 ° C or higher and 10 ° C lower than the melting point, and further preferably higher than the temperature of the glass transition point of the fiber by 20 ° C or higher and lower than the melting point by 20 ° C. . For example, when the fiber is used as a core/sheath structure fiber, the glass transfer point is 67 ° C, the melting point is 258 ° C, the PET (core) / glass transition point is -20 ° C, and the melting point is 135 ° C PE (sheath). In the case of heating, it is preferably heated to 67 ° C or more and 135 ° C or less, more preferably to 77 ° C or more and 125 ° C or less, and further preferably heated to 87 ° C or more and 115 ° C or less.

又,如圖13所示,於製造裝置100B中,於凹凸輥401之輥軸方向 上相鄰之大徑凸部彼此403、403之間隔(間距)、及於凹凸輥402之輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部彼此404、404之間隔(間距)為相同之間隔(間距)w,就纖維片材1a之構成纖維11所包含之高伸度纖維於延伸裝置內被順利地拉伸,上述自小徑部向大徑部之變化點鄰接於熔合部,使皮膚觸感變得良好之觀點而言,間隔(間距)w較佳為1mm以上,尤佳為1.5mm以上,並且較佳為10mm以下,尤佳為8mm以下,具體而言,較佳為1mm以上且10mm以下,尤佳為1.5mm以上且8mm以下。就同樣之觀點而言,如圖13所示,一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量t(於輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部403之頂點與大徑凸部404之頂點之間隔)較佳為1mm以上,尤佳為1.2mm以上,並且較佳為3mm以下,尤佳為2.5mm以下,具體而言,較佳為1mm以上且3mm以下,尤佳為1.2mm以上且2.5mm以下。並且,就同樣之觀點而言,機械延伸倍率較佳為1.5倍以上,尤佳為1.7倍以上,並且較佳為3.0倍以下,尤佳為2.8倍以下,具體而言,較佳為1.5倍以上且3.0倍以下,尤佳為1.7倍以上且2.8倍以下。 Further, as shown in FIG. 13, in the manufacturing apparatus 100B, in the roll axis direction of the uneven roller 401 The interval (pitch) between the adjacent large-diameter convex portions 403 and 403 and the interval (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 404 and 404 adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction of the uneven roller 402 are the same interval (pitch) w) The high-stretch fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a are smoothly stretched in the stretching device, and the change from the small-diameter portion to the large-diameter portion is adjacent to the fusion portion to make the skin feel From the viewpoint of being good, the interval (pitch) w is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 mm or more, and is preferably 10 mm or less, particularly preferably 8 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 1 mm or more and 10 mm. Hereinafter, it is particularly preferably 1.5 mm or more and 8 mm or less. From the same viewpoint, as shown in FIG. 13, the pressing amount t of the pair of uneven rollers 401, 402 (the apex of the large-diameter convex portion 403 adjacent to the roller axis direction and the apex of the large-diameter convex portion 404) The interval) is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 1.2 mm or more, and is preferably 3 mm or less, more preferably 2.5 mm or less, and specifically, preferably 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, particularly preferably 1.2 mm or more and 2.5. Below mm. Further, from the same viewpoint, the mechanical stretching ratio is preferably 1.5 times or more, more preferably 1.7 times or more, and is preferably 3.0 times or less, particularly preferably 2.8 times or less, and specifically, preferably 1.5 times. The above is 3.0 times or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 times or more and 2.8 times or less.

對使用具有以上構成之製造裝置100B之不織布1B之製造方法進行說明。 A method of manufacturing the nonwoven fabric 1B using the manufacturing apparatus 100B having the above configuration will be described.

首先,如圖11所示,於纖維網形成部200,使用具有高伸度纖維之短纖維狀之構成纖維11作為原料,利用作為梳棉機之纖維網形成裝置201而形成纖維網10(纖維網形成步驟)。利用纖維網形成裝置201所製造之纖維網10處於其構成纖維11彼此鬆弛地絡合之狀態,尚未獲得作為片材之保形性。 First, as shown in Fig. 11, in the web forming portion 200, a short fiber-like constituent fiber 11 having a high-stretch fiber is used as a raw material, and a web 10 is formed by using the web forming device 201 as a card (fiber) Net formation step). The fiber web 10 manufactured by the web forming apparatus 201 is in a state in which the constituent fibers 11 are loosely entangled with each other, and the shape retaining property as a sheet has not yet been obtained.

繼而,如圖11所示,使包含高伸度纖維之纖維網10之構成纖維11彼此之交點經由熔合部12熱熔合而形成纖維片材1a(熔合步驟)。具體而言,纖維網10被搬送至輸送帶302上,於在熱風處理部300通過濾罩301內之期間,以熱風方式吹送熱風。若如此以熱風方式吹送熱風, 則於纖維網10之構成纖維11彼此進一步交絡之同時,使所絡合之纖維之交點進行熱熔合(參照圖14(a)),而製造具有片材狀保形性之纖維片材1a。 Then, as shown in FIG. 11, the intersection of the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 including the high-stretch fibers is thermally fused via the fusion portion 12 to form the fiber sheet 1a (fusion step). Specifically, the fiber web 10 is conveyed to the conveyor belt 302, and the hot air is blown by hot air while the hot air processing unit 300 passes through the filter 301. If hot air is blown in this way, Then, the fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 are further entangled with each other, and the intersection of the fibers to be entangled is thermally fused (see Fig. 14 (a)) to produce a fiber sheet 1a having a sheet shape retaining property.

繼而,如圖11所示,將熔合後之纖維網1a於一方向上延伸(延伸步驟)。具體而言,將具有作為片材之保形性之熔合後之纖維網1a搬送至一對凹凸輥401、402之間,如圖14(a)~圖14(c)所示,使纖維網1a延伸,而於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之1根構成纖維11中形成由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部16、16所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部17,並且將自該小徑部16向該大徑部17之變化點18形成於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內。若進行詳細敍述,則將如圖14(a)所示之使構成纖維11彼此之交點經由熔合部12熱熔合之纖維片材1a搬送至一對凹凸輥401、402之間,使纖維網1a沿與機械方向(MD,行進方向)正交之正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)延伸。於使纖維片材1a沿正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)延伸時,如圖14(a)所示,將構成纖維11彼此固定之相鄰之該熔合部12,12彼此之間之區域於正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)上被積極地拉伸。尤其如圖14(b)所示,於將構成纖維11彼此固定之各熔合部12之附近,首先容易發生局部收縮,關於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之1根構成纖維11,在兩端形成2個小徑部16、16,由該2個小徑部16、16所夾之部分成為大徑部17,從而形成由2個小徑部16、16所夾之大徑部17。如此,於各熔合部12之附近,首先容易發生局部收縮,故而自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18被形成於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之該熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內。 Then, as shown in Fig. 11, the fused fiber web 1a is extended in one direction (extension step). Specifically, the fused fibrous web 1a having the shape retaining property as a sheet is conveyed between the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402, and as shown in FIGS. 14(a) to 14(c), the web is made. 1a is extended, and a large-diameter portion 17 having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by two small-diameter portions 16 and 16 having a small fiber diameter is formed in one of the constituent fibers 11 between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. The change point 18 from the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter portion 17 is formed in a range from the fusion portion 12 to a distance 1/3 between the fusion portions 12 and 12 adjacent thereto. As will be described in detail, the fiber sheet 1a which is thermally fused at the intersection of the constituent fibers 11 via the fusion portion 12 is transferred between the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402 as shown in Fig. 14(a) to form the web 1a. It extends in an orthogonal direction (CD, roller direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, traveling direction). When the fiber sheet 1a is extended in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll direction), as shown in Fig. 14 (a), the regions where the constituent fibers 12, 12 are adjacent to each other, which are fixed to each other, are fixed to each other. It is actively stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction). In particular, as shown in Fig. 14 (b), in the vicinity of the respective fused portions 12 where the constituent fibers 11 are fixed to each other, first, partial shrinkage is likely to occur, and one of the adjacent fusion-welded portions 12 and 12 constitutes the fibers 11, Two small diameter portions 16 and 16 are formed at both ends, and a portion sandwiched by the two small diameter portions 16 and 16 is a large diameter portion 17 to form a large diameter portion sandwiched by the two small diameter portions 16 and 16. 17. As described above, in the vicinity of each of the fusion portions 12, partial contraction is likely to occur first. Therefore, the change point 18 from the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter portion 17 is formed in the fusion portion 12 from the fusion portion 12 to the adjacent portion. 12 is within 1/3 of the interval T of each other.

並且,關於一部分之相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間之1根構成纖維11,如圖14(c)所示般於殘留可伸長之餘地(伸長空間)之狀態下於正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)上被進一步延伸,使該相鄰之熔合部12、12彼 此之間之大徑部17延伸,而於大徑部17中形成小徑部16。 Further, a part of the constituent fibers 11 between the adjacent ones of the welded portions 12 and 12 is in the orthogonal direction in a state where the stretchable space (elongation space) remains as shown in FIG. 14(c) ( CD, roller direction) is further extended to make the adjacent fusion parts 12, 12 The large diameter portion 17 extends therebetween, and the small diameter portion 16 is formed in the large diameter portion 17.

如上所述,根據使用製造裝置100B之不織布1B之製造方法,可連續且高效率地製造具備圖10所示之構成纖維11之不織布1B。如圖11所示,所製造之不織布1B被暫時捲取而以輥之形態保管後,自該輥捲出而使用。或者,於不織布1B之製造裝置100B之後續步驟生產線上實施加工,從而連續地製造目標製品。 As described above, according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1B using the manufacturing apparatus 100B, the nonwoven fabric 1B which has the structural fiber 11 shown in FIG. 10 can be manufactured continuously and efficiently. As shown in Fig. 11, the nonwoven fabric 1B to be produced is temporarily taken up and stored in the form of a roll, and then taken out from the roll and used. Alternatively, the processing is performed on the subsequent step production line of the manufacturing apparatus 100B of the nonwoven fabric 1B, thereby continuously producing the target article.

關於以上述方式製造之不織布1B,如圖10所示,著眼於構成纖維11中之1根構成纖維11,自鄰接於熔合部12之小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18係配置於自該熔合部12起至與其相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T之1/3之範圍內,因此,變得柔軟且皮膚觸感變得良好。尤其著眼於1根構成纖維11,若於相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間形成有複數個小徑部16,則皮膚觸感變得更好。就容易發揮此種效果之觀點而言,構成纖維11較佳為僅包含高伸度纖維。 As shown in FIG. 10, the non-woven fabric 1B manufactured as described above is focused on one of the constituent fibers 11 of the constituent fibers 11, and is arranged from the small-diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fusion portion 12 to the change point 18 of the large-diameter portion 17. In the range from the fusion portion 12 to the 1/3 of the distance T between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, it becomes soft and the skin feel is good. In particular, attention is paid to one constituent fiber 11. When a plurality of small diameter portions 16 are formed between adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12, the skin feel is better. From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting such an effect, the constituent fibers 11 preferably contain only high-stretch fibers.

於假設構成纖維11中摻入有彈性纖維之情形時,不織布會一面收縮一面延伸,故而即便於與不織布1B之製造方法及機械延伸倍率相同之情形時,亦難以產生纖維直徑之變化。因此,於構成纖維11中摻入有彈性纖維之情形時,難以出現纖維直徑發生極端變化之部位即變化點18,而容易形成自小徑部16連續地向大徑部17逐漸變化之部位。由於摻入有彈性纖維,故而如此形成之連續地逐漸變化之部位未必於熔合點附近局部地延伸,與其說熔合點附近倒不如說被隨機地觀察到。再者,就使皮膚觸感更好之觀點而言,亦較佳為構成纖維11不含彈性纖維。 When the elastic fibers are incorporated in the constituent fibers 11, the nonwoven fabric is stretched while being shrunk. Therefore, even when the manufacturing method and the mechanical stretching ratio of the nonwoven fabric 1B are the same, it is difficult to cause a change in the fiber diameter. Therefore, when the elastic fiber is incorporated in the constituent fiber 11, it is difficult to form a portion 18 which is a portion where the fiber diameter is extremely changed, and it is easy to form a portion which gradually changes from the small-diameter portion 16 to the large-diameter portion 17. Due to the incorporation of the elastic fibers, the continuously gradually changing portions thus formed do not necessarily locally extend in the vicinity of the fusion point, and are observed randomly as compared with the vicinity of the fusion point. Further, from the viewpoint of making the skin feel better, it is also preferred that the constituent fibers 11 do not contain elastic fibers.

又,不織布1B為凹凸構造之不織布,且其以側部區13c之纖維密度小於頂部區13a之纖維密度及底部區13b之纖維密度之方式形成。因此,側部區13c之纖維間距離較頂部區13a及底部區13b之纖維間距離寬廣,故而不織布1B整體之通氣性、通液性均提高。進而,藉由以 使側部區13c之纖維密度最小之方式形成,而凸條部13變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,可實現良好之皮膚觸感。 Further, the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure, and is formed such that the fiber density of the side portion 13c is smaller than the fiber density of the top portion 13a and the fiber density of the bottom portion 13b. Therefore, the distance between the fibers of the side portion 13c is wider than the distance between the fibers of the top portion 13a and the bottom portion 13b, so that the air permeability and the liquid permeability of the entire nonwoven fabric 1B are improved. Further by The fiber density of the side portion 13c is minimized, and the ridge portion 13 becomes easy to follow the movement of the wearer's skin, and a good skin feel can be achieved.

又,不織布1B為凹凸構造之不織布,且其以構成側部區13c之1根構成纖維11所具有之變化點18之個數多於構成頂部區13a之1根構成纖維11所具有之變化點18之個數及構成底部區13b之1根構成纖維11所具有之變化點18之個數之方式形成。因此,發揮如下效果:凸條部13變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,實現良好之皮膚觸感。 Further, the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure, and the number of the change points 18 of the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side portion 13c is larger than the change point of the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top portion 13a. The number of 18s and one of the bottom portions 13b constitute one of the number of change points 18 of the fibers 11. Therefore, the rib portion 13 easily follows the movement of the wearer's skin and achieves a good skin feel.

本發明(第1發明)之不織布不受上述本實施形態之不織布1A任何限制,可進行適當變更。 The non-woven fabric of the present invention (first invention) is not limited to the nonwoven fabric 1A of the above-described embodiment, and can be appropriately modified.

又,本發明(第1發明)之不織布之製造方法不受上述實施態樣之製造方法任何限制,可進行適當變更。 Further, the method for producing the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (first invention) is not limited to the above-described production method, and can be appropriately changed.

例如,不織布1A如圖1所示,為於一方向(X方向)延伸之條紋狀之凸條部13及凹條部14交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布,但亦可為使凸部以於X方向及Y方向之各方向上間斷地成行之方式以一定間隔配置,而形成鋸齒格子狀之配置圖案的三維凹凸構造之不織布。又,就使凹凸構造之保形性提高之觀點而言,可於另一不織布上配置凹凸構造之不織布並貼合,或亦可對凹凸構造之不織布實施壓紋加工。又,不織布1A亦可不為凹凸構造而為平坦構造之不織布。 For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the nonwoven fabric 1A is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure in which stripe-shaped ridge portions 13 and concave strip portions 14 extending in one direction (X direction) are alternately arranged, but the convex portions may be The non-woven fabric of the three-dimensional concavo-convex structure in which the X-direction and the Y-direction are intermittently arranged at a predetermined interval in a zigzag-like arrangement pattern. Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving the shape retention property of the uneven structure, the non-woven fabric of the uneven structure may be placed on the other nonwoven fabric and bonded, or the embossing process may be performed on the nonwoven fabric of the uneven structure. Further, the nonwoven fabric 1A may be a non-woven fabric having a flat structure without being uneven.

又,根據使用上述製造裝置100之不織布1A之製造方法,將纖維網1a沿與機械方向(MD,行進方向)正交之正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)延伸,但亦可使之沿機械方向(MD,行進方向)延伸。於如此沿機械方向(MD,行進方向)延伸之情形時,只要使相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥401、402所具備之凸部沿旋轉軸方向配置於周面即可。 Further, according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1A using the above-described manufacturing apparatus 100, the web 1a is extended in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, traveling direction), but it may be further The machine direction (MD, direction of travel) extends. When extending in the machine direction (MD, traveling direction) as described above, the convex portions provided in the pair of the uneven rollers 401 and 402 may be arranged on the circumferential surface in the direction of the rotation axis.

又,根據使用上述製造裝置100之不織布1A之製造方法,亦可於使用纖維網形成部200之纖維網形成步驟與使用熱風處理部300之熔合步驟之間、或於使用熱風處理部300之熔合步驟與使用延伸部400之延 伸步驟之間設置使用纖維處理劑塗佈部之塗佈步驟。該塗佈步驟只要於使用延伸部400之延伸步驟之前即可。 Further, according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1A using the above-described manufacturing apparatus 100, fusion between the web forming step using the web forming portion 200 and the fusing step using the hot air treating portion 300, or the fusion using the hot air treating portion 300 may be employed. Step and extension of using extension 400 A coating step using a fiber treatment agent coating portion is provided between the stretching steps. This coating step may be performed before the extension step of using the extension portion 400.

本發明(第2發明)之不織布不受上述本實施形態之不織布1B任何限制,可進行適當變更。 The non-woven fabric of the present invention (second invention) is not limited to the nonwoven fabric 1B of the above-described embodiment, and can be appropriately changed.

又,本發明(第2發明)之不織布之製造方法不受上述實施態樣之製造方法任何限制,可進行適當變更。 Further, the method for producing the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (second invention) is not limited to the above-described production method, and can be appropriately changed.

例如,不織布1B如圖8所示,為於一方向(X方向)延伸之條紋狀之凸條部13及凹條部14交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布,但亦可為使凸部以於X方向及Y方向之各方向上間斷地成行之方式以一定間隔配置,而形成鋸齒格子狀之配置圖案的三維凹凸構造之不織布。又,就使凹凸構造之保形性提高之觀點而言,可於另一不織布上配置凹凸構造之不織布並貼合,或亦可對凹凸構造之不織布實施壓紋加工。又,不織布1B亦可不為凹凸構造而為平坦構造之不織布。 For example, as shown in FIG. 8, the nonwoven fabric 1B is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure in which stripe-shaped ridge portions 13 and concave strip portions 14 extending in one direction (X direction) are alternately arranged, but the convex portions may be The non-woven fabric of the three-dimensional concavo-convex structure in which the X-direction and the Y-direction are intermittently arranged at a predetermined interval in a zigzag-like arrangement pattern. Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving the shape retention property of the uneven structure, the non-woven fabric of the uneven structure may be placed on the other nonwoven fabric and bonded, or the embossing process may be performed on the nonwoven fabric of the uneven structure. Further, the nonwoven fabric 1B may be a non-woven fabric having a flat structure without being uneven.

又,根據使用上述製造裝置100B之不織布1B之製造方法,將纖維網1a沿與機械方向(MD,行進方向)正交之正交方向(CD,輥軸方向)延伸,但亦可使之沿機械方向(MD,行進方向)延伸。於如此沿機械方向(MD,行進方向)延伸之情形時,只要使相互嚙合之一對凹凸輥401、402所具備之凸部沿旋轉軸方向配置於周面即可。 Further, according to the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1B using the above-described manufacturing apparatus 100B, the web 1a is extended in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, traveling direction), but it may be further The machine direction (MD, direction of travel) extends. When extending in the machine direction (MD, traveling direction) as described above, the convex portions provided in the pair of the uneven rollers 401 and 402 may be arranged on the circumferential surface in the direction of the rotation axis.

上述一實施形態中之省略說明之部分及僅於一實施形態中具有之要件可分別適當地應用於其他實施形態,又,各實施形態中之要件可於實施形態間適當地相互置換。 The omission of the description of the above-described embodiments and the requirements of only one embodiment can be appropriately applied to other embodiments, and the requirements of the respective embodiments can be appropriately replaced with each other between the embodiments.

關於上述實施形態,進而揭示以下之不織布。 Regarding the above embodiment, the following non-woven fabrics are further disclosed.

<1>一種不織布,其係具備複數個使構成纖維彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部者,並且上述構成纖維包含高伸度纖維,著眼於1根上述構成纖維,該構成纖維於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此 之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,上述小徑部之親水度小於上述大徑部之親水度。 <1> A non-woven fabric comprising a plurality of fusion portions formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers, and the constituent fibers comprising high-stretch fibers, focusing on one of the constituent fibers, the constituent fibers being adjacent to each other The above-mentioned fusion parts are mutually There is a large diameter portion having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by two small diameter portions having a small fiber diameter, and the small diameter portion has a hydrophilicity smaller than that of the large diameter portion.

<2>如上述<1>記載之不織布,其中上述小徑部之接觸角與上述大徑部之接觸角之差(前者一後者)為1度以上,進而較佳為5度以上,進而更佳為10度以上,且較佳為25度以下,進而較佳為20度以下,進而更佳為15度以下,具體而言,較佳為1度以上且25度以下,進而較佳為5度以上且20度以下,進而更佳為10度以上且15度以下。 <2> The non-woven fabric according to the above <1>, wherein a difference between the contact angle of the small-diameter portion and the contact angle of the large-diameter portion (the former one is the latter) is 1 degree or more, more preferably 5 degrees or more, and further Preferably, it is 10 degrees or more, and is preferably 25 degrees or less, more preferably 20 degrees or less, still more preferably 15 degrees or less, and specifically, preferably 1 degree or more and 25 degrees or less, and further preferably 5 or less. The degree is not less than 20 degrees, more preferably not less than 10 degrees and not more than 15 degrees.

<3>如上述<1>或<2>記載之不織布,其中上述小徑部之接觸角較佳為60度以上,進而較佳為70度以上,進而更佳為80度以上,且較佳為100度以下,進而較佳為95度以下,進而更佳為90度以下,具體而言,較佳為60度以上且100度以下,進而較佳為70度以上且95度以下,進而更佳為80度以上且90度以下。 <3> The nonwoven fabric according to the above <1> or <2>, wherein the contact angle of the small diameter portion is preferably 60 degrees or more, more preferably 70 degrees or more, still more preferably 80 degrees or more, and more preferably It is 100 degrees or less, more preferably 95 degrees or less, further preferably 90 degrees or less, and specifically, preferably 60 degrees or more and 100 degrees or less, more preferably 70 degrees or more and 95 degrees or less, and furthermore Good is 80 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less.

<4>如上述<1>至<3>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述大徑部之接觸角較佳為55度以上,進而較佳為60度以上,進而更佳為65度以上,且較佳為90度以下,進而較佳為85度以下,進而更佳為80度以下,具體而言,較佳為55度以上且90度以下,進而較佳為60度以上且85度以下,進而更佳為65度以上且80度以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the contact angle of the large diameter portion is preferably 55 degrees or more, more preferably 60 degrees or more, and still more preferably 65 degrees or more. It is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 85 degrees or less, still more preferably 80 degrees or less, and specifically, preferably 55 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less, and more preferably 60 degrees or more and 85 degrees. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 65 degrees or more and 80 degrees or less.

<5>如上述<1>至<4>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述小徑部之纖維直徑(直徑L16)相對於上述大徑部之纖維直徑(直徑L17)之比率(L16/L17)較佳為0.5以上,進而較佳為0.55以上,並且較佳為0.8以下,進而較佳為0.7以下,具體而言,較佳為0.5以上且0.8以下,進而較佳為0.55以上且0.7以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the ratio of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small-diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large-diameter portion ( L 16 /L 17 ) is preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 0.55 or more, and is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.7 or less, and specifically preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, and further preferably 0.55 or more and 0.7 or less.

<6>如上述<1>至<5>中任一項記載之不織布,其中自鄰接於上述熔合部之上述小徑部向上述大徑部之變化點係配置於自該熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內, 上述不織布係於一方向上延伸之條紋狀之凸條部及凹條部交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布,上述不織布於頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,構成上述側部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數(N15)相對於構成上述頂部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數(N13)之比率、或相對於構成上述底部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數(N14)之比率(N15/N13,N15/N14)較佳為2以上,進而較佳為5以上,並且較佳為20以下,進而較佳為20以下,具體而言,為2以上且20以下,較佳為5以上且20以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <1>, wherein the small-diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion is disposed from the fusion portion to the change point In the range of 1/3 of the distance between the adjacent fused portions, the non-woven fabric is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure in which stripe-like ridge portions and concave portions extending in one direction are alternately arranged, and the non-woven fabric is woven on the top portion. a bottom portion and a side portion between the sides, wherein a top portion of the ridge portion is formed by a top portion, and a bottom portion of the concave portion is formed by a bottom portion, and the constituent fibers constituting the side portion have a change point The ratio of the number of fibers (N 15 ) to the number of fibers having a change point (N 13 ) in the constituent fibers constituting the top portion, or the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom portion (N 14) of the ratio (N 15 / N 13, N 15 / N 14) is preferably 2 or more, and further preferably 5 or more, and preferably 20 or less, and further preferably 20 or less, specifically, It is 2 or more and 20 or less, preferably 5 or more and 20 or less.

<7>如上述<1>至<6>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述構成纖維上附著有纖維處理劑,上述纖維處理劑包含具有延展性之成分。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the fiber-treating agent is adhered to the constituent fiber, and the fiber-treating agent contains a component having ductility.

<8>如上述<7>記載之吸收性物品,其中上述具有延展性之成分為若容易附著於纖維之表面則低溫下容易於纖維之表面擴展且低溫下之流動性優異之成分。 <8> The absorbent article according to the above <7>, wherein the component having the ductility is a component which is easily attached to the surface of the fiber and which is easily spread on the surface of the fiber at a low temperature and is excellent in fluidity at a low temperature.

<9>如上述<7>或<8>記載之不織布,其中上述具有延展性之成分為聚有機矽氧烷。 <9> The non-woven fabric according to <7> or <8> above, wherein the ductile component is polyorganosiloxane.

<10>如上述<9>記載之不織布,其中上述聚有機矽氧烷選自聚二甲基矽氧烷、聚二乙基矽氧烷、聚二丙基矽氧烷中。 <10> The non-woven fabric according to the above <9>, wherein the polyorganosiloxane is selected from the group consisting of polydimethyl siloxane, polydimethoxy siloxane, and polydipropyl siloxane.

<11>如上述<7>至<10>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述纖維處理劑進而含有親水性成分。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the fiber treatment agent further contains a hydrophilic component.

<12>如上述<11>記載之不織布,其中上述親水性成分使用兩性離子性界面活性劑、或非離子性界面活性劑。 <12> The non-woven fabric according to the above <11>, wherein the hydrophilic component is an amphoteric ionic surfactant or a nonionic surfactant.

<13>如上述<12>記載之不織布,其中上述兩性離子性界面 活性劑為甜菜鹼型兩性離子性界面活性劑,較佳為烷基(碳數1~30)甜菜鹼,更佳為碳數16~22(例如硬脂基)之烷基甜菜鹼。 <13> The non-woven fabric according to the above <12>, wherein the amphoteric ionic interface The active agent is a betaine-type zwitterionic surfactant, preferably an alkyl (carbon number 1 to 30) betaine, more preferably an alkylbetaine having a carbon number of 16-22 (for example, stearyl).

<14>如上述<12>記載之不織布,其中上述非離子性界面活性劑選自甘油脂肪酸酯、聚(較佳為n=2~10)甘油脂肪酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、多元醇脂肪酸酯(均較佳為脂肪酸之碳數8~60)、聚氧伸烷基(加成莫耳數2~20)烷基(碳數8~22)醯胺、聚氧伸烷基(加成莫耳數2~20)烷基(碳數8~22)醚、聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧、胺基改性聚矽氧中。 <14> The non-woven fabric according to the above <12>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of glycerin fatty acid esters, poly(preferably n=2-10) glycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, Polyol fatty acid esters (both preferably fatty acids having a carbon number of 8 to 60), polyoxyalkylene alkyl groups (additional molar number 2 to 20) alkyl groups (carbon number 8 to 22) decylamine, polyoxyalkylene oxide Base (additional molar number 2~20) alkyl (carbon number 8~22) ether, polyoxyalkylene modified polyxanthine, amine modified polyoxylium.

<15>如上述<7>至<14>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述纖維處理劑進而含有疏水性成分。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the fiber treatment agent further contains a hydrophobic component.

<16>如上述<15>記載之不織布,其中上述疏水性成分選自磷酸烷基酯、下述通式(1)所表示之陰離子界面活性劑等中, <16> The non-woven fabric according to the above <15>, wherein the hydrophobic component is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl phosphate, an anionic surfactant represented by the following formula (1), and the like.

(式中,Z表示可包含酯基、醯胺基、胺基、聚氧伸烷基、醚基或雙鍵之碳數1~12之直鏈或支鏈之烷基鏈,R1及R2分別獨立表示可包含酯基、醯胺基、聚氧伸烷基、醚基或雙鍵之碳數2~16之直鏈或支鏈之烷基,X表示-SO3M、-OSO3M或-COOM,M表示H、Na、K、Mg、Ca或銨)。 (wherein Z represents a linear or branched alkyl chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may include an ester group, a mercaptoamine group, an amine group, a polyoxyalkylene group, an ether group or a double bond, and R 1 and R 2 independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms which may include an ester group, a mercaptoamine group, a polyoxyalkylene group, an ether group or a double bond, and X represents -SO 3 M, -OSO 3 M or -COOM, M represents H, Na, K, Mg, Ca or ammonium).

<17>如上述<16>記載之不織布,其中上述磷酸烷基酯係碳鏈為16~18之單或二烷基磷酸酯之完全中和或部分中和鹽。 <17> The non-woven fabric according to the above <16>, wherein the alkyl phosphate-based carbon chain is a completely neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a mono- or dialkyl phosphate of 16 to 18.

<18>如上述<1>至<17>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述 構成纖維僅包含高伸度纖維。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <17> wherein The constituent fibers comprise only high elongation fibers.

<19>如上述<18>記載之不織布,其中高伸度纖維係具有彈性(彈性體)而進行伸縮之伸縮性纖維除外,而選自如下纖維中:於以低速進行熔融紡絲而獲得複合纖維後不進行延伸處理而進行加熱處理及/或捲縮處理,藉此獲得之藉由加熱而使樹脂之結晶狀態發生變化從而長度延伸之熱伸長性纖維;或使用聚丙烯或聚乙烯等樹脂並將紡絲速度設為相對較低之條件而製造之纖維;或者向結晶度較低之聚乙烯-聚丙烯共聚物、或聚丙烯中乾摻聚乙烯並進行紡絲而製造之纖維。 <19> The non-woven fabric according to the above <18>, wherein the high-stretch fiber is excluding the elastic fiber (elastomer) and stretchable, and is selected from the group consisting of fibers which are melt-spun at a low speed to obtain a composite. After the fiber is subjected to a heat treatment and/or a crimping treatment without stretching treatment, a heat-extensible fiber obtained by heating to change a crystal state of the resin to extend in length, or a resin such as polypropylene or polyethylene is used. A fiber produced by setting a spinning speed to a relatively low condition; or a fiber produced by dry-blending polyethylene and spinning into a polyethylene-polypropylene copolymer having a low crystallinity or polypropylene.

<20>如上述<18>或<19>記載之不織布,其中上述不織布中之高伸度纖維之比率為50質量%以上,較佳為80質量%以上,並且,尤佳為100質量%。 <20> The non-woven fabric according to the above <18> or <19>, wherein the ratio of the high-stretch fibers in the nonwoven fabric is 50% by mass or more, preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 100% by mass.

<21>如上述<1>至<20>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述高伸度纖維意指不僅於原料之纖維階段為高伸度而且於所製造之上述不織布階段亦為高伸度之纖維。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the high-stretch fiber is not only high in the fiber stage of the raw material but also high in the non-woven stage produced. Fiber of degree.

<22>如上述<18>至<21>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述高伸度纖維之伸度於原料階段較佳為100%以上,更佳為200%以上,進而較佳為250%以上,並且較佳為800%以下,更佳為500%以下,進而較佳為400%以下,具體而言為100%以上且800%以下,較佳為200%以上且500%以下,進而較佳為250%以上且400%以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the elongation of the high-stretch fiber is preferably 100% or more, more preferably 200% or more, more preferably 200% or more. 250% or more, and preferably 800% or less, more preferably 500% or less, further preferably 400% or less, specifically 100% or more and 800% or less, preferably 200% or more and 500% or less. Further, it is preferably 250% or more and 400% or less.

<23>如上述<18>至<22>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述高伸度纖維之伸度於不織布階段為60%以上,較佳為70%以上,更佳為80%以上,且較佳為200%以下,更佳為150%以下,進而較佳為120%以下,具體而言,較佳為60%以上且200%以下,更佳為70%以上且170%以下,進而較佳為80%以上且150%以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the elongation of the high-stretch fiber is 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more in the non-woven stage. And preferably 200% or less, more preferably 150% or less, further preferably 120% or less, and specifically, preferably 60% or more and 200% or less, more preferably 70% or more and 170% or less. Further, it is preferably 80% or more and 150% or less.

<24>如上述<1>至<23>中任一項記載之不織布,其中自鄰 接於上述熔合部之上述小徑部向上述大徑部之變化點係配置於自上述熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 <24> The non-woven fabric according to any one of <1> to <23> above, wherein the self-adjacent The change point of the small-diameter portion connected to the fusion portion to the large-diameter portion is within a range of one-third of a distance from the fusion portion to the adjacent portion of the fusion portion.

<25>如上述<1>至<24>中任一項記載之不織布,其中著眼於1根上述構成纖維,於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間配置有複數個上述大徑部。 <25> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the plurality of constituent fibers are disposed, and a plurality of the large-diameter portions are disposed between the adjacent fusion portions.

<26>如上述<1>至<25>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述不織布為於一方向上延伸之條紋狀之凸條部及凹條部交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the non-woven fabric is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure in which stripe-like ridge portions and concave strip portions extending in one direction are alternately arranged.

<27>如上述<26>記載之不織布,其中上述不織布具有頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,上述側部區之纖維密度小於上述頂部區之纖維密度及上述底部區之纖維密度。 <27> The non-woven fabric according to the above <26>, wherein the non-woven fabric has a top portion, a bottom portion, and a side portion between the sides, and a top portion of the ridge portion is formed by a top portion, and a bottom portion of the concave portion Formed by the bottom region, the fiber density of the side regions is less than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region.

<28>如上述<25>或<27>記載之不織布,其中上述不織布具有頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,構成上述側部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數多於構成上述頂部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數及構成上述底部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數。 <28> The non-woven fabric according to the above <25> or <27>, wherein the non-woven fabric has a top portion, a bottom portion, and a side portion between the sides, and a top portion of the ridge portion is formed by a top portion, the concave portion The bottom of the strip is formed by the bottom portion, and the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion is larger than the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top portion and the composition constituting the bottom portion The number of fibers in the fiber that have a change point.

<29>如上述<7>記載之不織布,其由如下構成纖維形成:該構成纖維係於對包含上述構成纖維之纖維網進行延伸處理之前使上述纖維處理劑附著於該構成纖維,並於較聚乙烯樹脂之熔點充分低之溫度(例如120℃以下)下使之乾燥而獲得。 <29> The non-woven fabric according to the above <7>, wherein the constituent fiber is formed by attaching the fiber treating agent to the constituent fiber before extending the fiber web including the constituent fiber, and It is obtained by drying the polyethylene resin at a temperature sufficiently low (for example, 120 ° C or lower).

<30>如上述<1>至<29>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述 構成纖維彼此之交點為接合點,且該接合點為上述熔合部。 <30> The non-woven fabric according to any one of <1> to <29> above, wherein the above The intersection point of the constituent fibers is a joint, and the joint is the above-mentioned fusion portion.

<31>一種吸收性物品,其具有配置於皮膚對向面側之正面片材、配置於非皮膚對向面側之背面片材、及介置於上述兩片材間之吸收體,且上述正面片材係由上述<1>至<30>中任一項記載之不織布所形成。 <31> An absorbent article comprising: a front sheet disposed on the opposite side of the skin; a back sheet disposed on the non-skin opposing surface side; and an absorbent body interposed between the two sheets, and The front sheet is formed of the nonwoven fabric described in any one of the above <1> to <30>.

<32>如上述<1>至<30>中任一項記載之不織布,其係具備複數個使構成纖維彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部者,且上述構成纖維包含高伸度纖維,著眼於1根上述構成纖維,該構成纖維於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,且自鄰接於上述熔合部之上述小徑部向上述大徑部之變化點係配置於自該熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the constituting fibers are formed by a plurality of fused fabrics which are formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers, and the constituent fibers include high-stretch fibers. Focusing on one of the constituent fibers, the constituent fibers have a large diameter portion having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by two small diameter portions having a small fiber diameter between the adjacent fusion portions, and are adjacent to the above-mentioned The point of change of the small-diameter portion of the fusion portion to the large-diameter portion is within a range of one-third of the distance from the fusion portion to the adjacent portion of the fusion portion.

<33>如上述<32>記載之不織布,其中上述小徑部之纖維直徑(直徑L16)較佳為5μm以上,進而較佳為6.5μm以上,尤佳為7.5μm以上,並且較佳為28μm以下,進而較佳為20μm以下,尤佳為16μm以下,具體而言,較佳為5μm以上且28μm以下,進而較佳為6.5μm以上且20μm以下,尤佳為7.5μm以上且16μm以下。 <33> The non-woven fabric according to the above <32>, wherein the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 6.5 μm or more, still more preferably 7.5 μm or more, and preferably It is 28 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 16 μm or less. Specifically, it is preferably 5 μm or more and 28 μm or less, more preferably 6.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm or more and 16 μm or less.

<34>如上述<32>或<32>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述大徑部之纖維直徑(直徑L17)較佳為10μm以上,進而較佳為13μm以上,尤佳為15μm以上,且較佳為35μm以下,進而較佳為25μm以下,尤佳為20μm以下,具體而言,較佳為10μm以上且35μm以下,進而較佳為13μm以上且25μm以下,尤佳為15μm以上且20μm以下。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 13 μm or more, and particularly preferably 15 μm. The above is preferably 35 μm or less, more preferably 25 μm or less, still more preferably 20 μm or less, and specifically preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more. And 20 μm or less.

<35>如上述<32>至<34>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述變化點係藉由延伸而使纖維直徑發生變化而形成。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the change point is formed by changing a fiber diameter by stretching.

<36>如上述<32>至<35>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述不織布於20根構成纖維中具有1根以上、較佳為5根以上、進而較佳為10根以上之具有上述變化點之構成纖維。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the non-woven fabric has one or more, preferably five or more, more preferably 10 or more of the 20 constituent fibers. The constituent fibers of the above change points.

<37>如上述<6>記載之吸收性物品,其中構成上述頂部區之構成纖維中具有上述變化點之纖維根數(N13)較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,並且較佳為15根以下,進而較佳為15根以下,具體而言,較佳為1根以上且15根以下,進而較佳為5根以上且15根以下。 The absorbent article according to the above <6>, wherein the number of fibers (N 13 ) having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably one or more, and more preferably five or more. It is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and specifically preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.

<38>如上述<6>或<37>記載之不織布,其中構成上述底部區之構成纖維中具有上述變化點之纖維根數(N14)較佳為1根以上,進而較佳為5根以上,並且較佳為15根以下,進而較佳為15根以下,具體而言,較佳為1根以上且15根以下,進而較佳為5根以上且15根以下。 <38> The nonwoven fabric according to the above <6> or <37>, wherein the number of fibers (N 14 ) having the above-described change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom portion is preferably one or more, and more preferably five. The above is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and specifically preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.

<39>如上述<6>、<37>或<38>中任一項記載之不織布,其中構成上述側部區之構成纖維中具有上述變化點之纖維根數(N15)較佳為5根以上,進而較佳為10根以上,並且較佳為20根以下,進而較佳為20根以下,具體而言,較佳為5根以上且20根以下,進而較佳為10根以上且20根以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <6>, wherein the number of fibers (N 15 ) having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion is preferably 5 The roots are more preferably 10 or more, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and specifically preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or more. 20 or less.

<40>如上述<32>至<39>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述構成纖維僅包含非彈性纖維。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the constituent fibers include only inelastic fibers.

<41>如上述<32>至<40>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述高伸度纖維之纖度於原料階段較佳為1.0dtex以上,更佳為2.0dtex以上,並且較佳為10.0dtex以下,更佳為8.0dtex以下,具體而言,較佳為1.0dtex以上且10.0dtex以下,更佳為2.0dtex以上且8.0dtex以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the fineness of the high-stretch fiber is preferably 1.0 dtex or more, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more, and preferably 10.0. The dtex or lower is more preferably 8.0 dtex or less, and specifically, preferably 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less.

<42>如上述<32>至<41>中任一項記載之不織布,其中著眼於1根上述構成纖維,於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間配置有複數個上述大徑部。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the plurality of constituent fibers are disposed, and a plurality of the large diameter portions are disposed between the adjacent fusion portions.

<43>如上述<32>至<42>中任一項記載之不織布,其中著眼於1根上述構成纖維,於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間具備1個以上且5個以下、較佳為1個以上且3個以下之上述大徑部。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the one of the constituent fibers is provided, and one or more and five or less of the adjacent fusion portions are preferably provided. It is one or more and three or less of the above-mentioned large diameter portions.

<44>如上述<32>至<43>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述不織布係於一方向上延伸之條紋狀之凸條部及凹條部交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the non-woven fabric is a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which stripe-like ridge portions and concave strip portions extending in one direction are alternately arranged.

<45>如上述<44>記載之不織布,其中上述不織布具有頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,上述側部區之纖維密度小於該頂部區之纖維密度及該底部區之纖維密度。 <45> The non-woven fabric according to the above <44>, wherein the non-woven fabric has a top portion, a bottom portion, and a side portion between the sides, and a top portion of the ridge portion is formed by a top portion, and a bottom portion of the concave portion Formed by the bottom region, the fiber density of the side regions is less than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region.

<46>如上述<32>至<45>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述不織布係於一方向上延伸之條紋狀之凸條部及凹條部交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布,且上述不織布具有頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,與上述底部區之間之壁部之纖維密度(D15)相對於上述頂部區之纖維密度(D13)、或相對於上述底部區之纖維密度(D14)之比率(D15/D13,D15/D14)較佳為0.15以上,進而較佳為0.2以上,並且較佳為0.9以下,進而較佳為0.8以下,具體而言為0.15以上且0.9以下,較佳為0.2以上且0.8以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <32>, wherein the non-woven fabric is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure in which stripe-like ridge portions and concave strip portions extending in one direction are alternately arranged, and The non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region and a side portion between the top, the top of the ridge portion is formed by a top portion, and the bottom portion of the concave portion is formed by a bottom portion, and the bottom portion is the fiber density of the wall portion of the (D 15) with respect to the fiber density (D 13) above the top of the zone, or with respect to fiber density (D 14) of said bottom region of the ratio (D 15 / D 13, D 15 / D 14) It is preferably 0.15 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, and is preferably 0.9 or less, further preferably 0.8 or less, specifically 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less.

<47>如上述<46>記載之不織布,其中上述頂部區之纖維密度(D13)較佳為80根/mm2以上,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上,並且較佳為200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為180根/mm2以下,具體而言為80根/mm2以上且200根/mm2以下,較佳為90根/mm2以上且180根/mm2以下。 <47> The non-woven fabric according to the above <46>, wherein the fiber density (D 13 ) of the top portion is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more, more preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more, and preferably 200 pieces. /mm 2 or less, more preferably 180 / mm 2 or less, specifically 80 / mm 2 or more and 200 / mm 2 or less, preferably 90 / mm 2 or more and 180 / mm 2 or less .

<48>如上述<46>或<47>記載之不織布,其中上述底部區之纖維密度(D14)較佳為80根/mm2以上,進而較佳為90根/mm2以上,並且較佳為200根/mm2以下,進而較佳為180根/mm2以下,具體而言為80根/mm2以上且200根/mm2以下,較佳為90根/mm2以上且180根/mm2以下。 <48> The non-woven fabric according to the above <46> or <47>, wherein the fiber density (D 14 ) of the bottom portion is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or more, more preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more, and It is preferably 200 pieces/mm 2 or less, more preferably 180 pieces/mm 2 or less, specifically 80 pieces/mm 2 or more and 200 pieces/mm 2 or less, preferably 90 pieces/mm 2 or more and 180 pieces. /mm 2 or less.

<49>如上述<46>至<48>中任一項記載之不織布,其中上述底部區之纖維密度(D15)較佳為30根/mm2以上,進而較佳為40根/mm2以上,並且較佳為80根/mm2以下,進而較佳為70根/mm2以下,具體而言為30根/mm2以上且80根/mm2以下,較佳為40根/mm2以上且70根/mm2以下。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the fiber density (D 15 ) of the bottom portion is preferably 30 pieces/mm 2 or more, and more preferably 40 pieces/mm 2 . The above is preferably 80 pieces/mm 2 or less, more preferably 70 pieces/mm 2 or less, specifically 30 pieces/mm 2 or more and 80 pieces/mm 2 or less, preferably 40 pieces/mm 2 . Above 70 pieces/mm 2 or less.

<50>如上述<45>至<49>中任一項記載之不織布,其中構成上述側部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數多於構成上述頂部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數及構成上述底部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <45>, wherein the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion is larger than the number of constituent fibers constituting the top portion. The number of fibers and the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom portion.

<51>一種不織布之製造方法,其包括如下步驟:熔合步驟,其係使包含賦予有纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維之纖維網之構成纖維彼此之交點經由熔合部熱熔合;及延伸步驟,其係於上述熔合步驟後,將熔合後之上述纖維網於一方向上延伸;並且於上述延伸步驟中,將上述纖維網延伸,而於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間之1根上述構成纖維中形成由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所 夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,並且使該小徑部之親水度小於該大徑部之親水度。 <51> A method for producing a non-woven fabric, comprising: a fusing step of thermally fusing an intersection of constituent fibers of a fiber web including a high-stretch fiber having a fiber treating agent via a fusion portion; and an extending step, After the fusing step, the fused fiber web is extended in one direction; and in the extending step, the fiber web is extended, and one of the constituent fibers is adjacent to the adjacent fused portions. The formation of a small diameter portion with two smaller fiber diameters The large diameter portion of the fiber having a larger diameter is sandwiched, and the hydrophilicity of the small diameter portion is made smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large diameter portion.

<52>如上述<51>記載之不織布之製造方法,其中於上述延伸步驟中,將上述纖維片材延伸,而於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間之1根上述構成纖維中形成由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,並且將自該小徑部向該大徑部之變化點形成於自該熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 The method for producing a non-woven fabric according to the above <51>, wherein the fiber sheet is stretched in the extending step, and the fiber is formed in one of the constituent fibers between the adjacent fusion portions. a large diameter portion having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by a small diameter portion having a small fiber diameter, and a change point from the small diameter portion to the large diameter portion is formed from the fusion portion to the adjacent fusion portion Within one-third of the interval between the parts.

<53>如上述<52>記載之不織布之製造方法,其中上述不織布之製造方法中使用之製造裝置具備延伸部,上述延伸部具備能夠相互嚙合之一對第1凹凸輥及第2凹凸輥,於上述第1凹凸輥之輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部彼此之間隔(間距)w、及於上述第2凹凸輥之輥軸方向上相鄰之大徑凸部彼此之間隔(間距)w較佳為1mm以上,尤佳為1.5mm以上,並且較佳為10mm以下,尤佳為8mm以下,具體而言為1mm以上且10mm以下,較佳為1.5mm以上且8mm以下。 In the manufacturing method of the non-woven fabric according to the above <52>, the manufacturing apparatus used in the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric includes an extending portion, and the extending portion includes one pair of the first uneven roller and the second uneven roller that can mesh with each other. The distance (pitch) w between the large-diameter convex portions adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction of the first uneven roller, and the interval between the large-diameter convex portions adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction of the second uneven roller (interval) w is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 mm or more, and is preferably 10 mm or less, particularly preferably 8 mm or less, specifically 1 mm or more and 10 mm or less, preferably 1.5 mm or more and 8 mm or less.

<54>如上述<52>或<53>中任一項記載之不織布之製造方法,其中上述第1凹凸輥及上述第2凹凸輥之壓入量t(於輥軸方向上相鄰之第1凹凸輥之大徑凸部之頂點與第2凹凸輥之大徑凸部之頂點之間隔)較佳為1mm以上,尤佳為1.2mm以上,並且較佳為3mm以下,尤佳為2.5mm以下,具體而言為1mm以上且3mm以下,較佳為1.2mm以上且2.5mm以下。 The manufacturing method of the non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned <5>, wherein the first uneven roller and the second uneven roller have a pressing amount t (adjacent to the roller axis direction) The distance between the apex of the large-diameter convex portion of the uneven roller and the apex of the large-diameter convex portion of the second uneven roller is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 1.2 mm or more, and preferably 3 mm or less, and particularly preferably 2.5 mm. Hereinafter, specifically, it is 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and is preferably 1.2 mm or more and 2.5 mm or less.

<55>如上述<52>至<54>中任一項記載之不織布之製造方法,其中上述第1凹凸輥及上述第2凹凸輥之機械延伸倍率較佳為1.5倍以上,尤佳為1.7倍以上,並且較佳為3.0倍以下,尤佳為2.8倍以下,具體而言為1.5倍以上且3.0倍以下,較佳為1.7倍以上且2.8倍以下。 The method for producing a non-woven fabric according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the first unevenness roller and the second uneven roller preferably have a mechanical stretch ratio of 1.5 or more, and more preferably 1.7. The ratio is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.8 or less, and specifically 1.5 or more and 3.0 or less, and preferably 1.7 or more and 2.8 or less.

<56>一種不織布,其係藉由如上述<51>至<55>中任一項記載之製造方法而製造。 <56> A non-woven fabric produced by the production method according to any one of the above <51> to <55>.

<57>一種吸收性物品,其係具有配置於皮膚對向面側之正面片材、配置於非皮膚對向面側之背面片材、及介置於上述兩片材間之吸收體者,且 上述正面片材係由如上述<32>至<50>、<56>中任一項記載之不織布所形成。 <57> An absorbent article comprising a front sheet disposed on the opposite side of the skin, a back sheet disposed on the non-skin opposing surface side, and an absorbent body interposed between the two sheets. And The front sheet is formed of the nonwoven fabric described in any one of the above <32> to <50> and <56>.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由實施例更詳細地說明本發明之不織布。然而,本發明之範圍不受該實施例任何限制。 Hereinafter, the nonwoven fabric of the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples. However, the scope of the invention is not limited by the embodiment.

[實施例1A] [Example 1A]

使用圖4所示之製造裝置100,製造圖1及圖2所示之形態之實施例1A之不織布。將供給至製造裝置100之構成纖維示於以下之表1。塗佈於構成纖維之纖維處理劑之組成如表1所示,於纖維處理劑中含有作為具有延展性之成分之聚有機矽氧烷,且除具有延展性之成分以外亦含有親水性成分及疏水性成分(磷酸烷基酯、陰離子界面活性劑)。如表1所示,構成纖維僅包含高伸度纖維,為不具有彈性(彈性體)之纖維。又,高伸度纖維係芯部為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯且鞘部為聚乙烯的同心型芯鞘型複合纖維。高伸度纖維之伸度為350%。又,關於製造裝置100,一對凹凸輥401、402所具備之大徑凸部彼此404、404之間隔(間距)為2.0mm,一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量為1.2mm,並且機械延伸倍率為1.9倍。再者,纖維處理劑對構成纖維之塗佈為延伸步驟之前。 The non-woven fabric of Example 1A in the form shown in Figs. 1 and 2 was produced by using the manufacturing apparatus 100 shown in Fig. 4 . The constituent fibers supplied to the manufacturing apparatus 100 are shown in Table 1 below. The composition of the fiber treating agent applied to the constituent fibers is as shown in Table 1, and the polyorganosiloxane is contained as a component having ductility in the fiber treating agent, and contains a hydrophilic component in addition to the ductile component. Hydrophobic component (alkyl phosphate, anionic surfactant). As shown in Table 1, the constituent fibers contained only high-stretch fibers, and were fibers having no elasticity (elastomer). Further, the high-stretch fiber-based core portion is polyethylene terephthalate and the sheath portion is a concentric core-sheath type composite fiber of polyethylene. The elongation of the high elongation fiber is 350%. In the manufacturing apparatus 100, the interval (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 404 and 404 of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 is 2.0 mm, and the pressing amount of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 is 1.2 mm, and The mechanical extension ratio is 1.9 times. Further, the application of the fiber treating agent to the constituent fibers is before the stretching step.

[實施例2A] [Example 2A]

關於實施例1A中之製造裝置100,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.4mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.1倍,除此以外,以與實 施例1A相同之方式製造實施例2A之不織布。 In the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the first embodiment, the amount of press-fitting of the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402 is changed to 1.4 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio is changed to 2.1 times. The non-woven fabric of Example 2A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A.

[實施例3A] [Example 3A]

關於實施例1A中之製造裝置100,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.6mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.3倍,除此以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造實施例3A之不織布。 In the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the first embodiment, the amount of press-fitting of the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402 was changed to 1.6 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio was changed to 2.3 times, and the same manner as in the example 1A was carried out. Example 3A is not woven.

[實施例4A] [Example 4A]

將實施例1A中之纖維處理劑之組成如表1所示般進行變更,除此以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造實施例4A之不織布。 The nonwoven fabric of Example 4A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A except that the composition of the fiber treating agent in Example 1A was changed as shown in Table 1.

[實施例5A] [Example 5A]

將實施例1A中之纖維處理劑之組成如表1所示般進行變更。又,關於實施例1A中之製造裝置100,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.4mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.1倍。除該等以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造實施例5A之不織布。 The composition of the fiber treating agent in Example 1A was changed as shown in Table 1. In the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the first embodiment, the amount of press-fitting of the pair of embossing rolls 401 and 402 was changed to 1.4 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio was changed to 2.1 times. A nonwoven fabric of Example 5A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A except for the above.

[實施例6A] [Example 6A]

將實施例1A中之纖維處理劑之組成如表1所示般進行變更。又,關於實施例1A中之製造裝置100,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.6mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.3倍。除該等以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造實施例6A之不織布。 The composition of the fiber treating agent in Example 1A was changed as shown in Table 1. In the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the first embodiment, the amount of press-fitting of the pair of uneven rolls 401 and 402 was changed to 1.6 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio was changed to 2.3 times. A nonwoven fabric of Example 6A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A except the above.

[實施例7A] [Example 7A]

將實施例1A中之纖維處理劑如表1所示般進行變更。塗佈於構成纖維之纖維處理劑不含具有延展性之成分而含有親水性成分。除此以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造實施例7A之不織布。 The fiber treating agent in Example 1A was changed as shown in Table 1. The fiber treatment agent applied to the constituent fibers does not contain a ductile component and contains a hydrophilic component. A nonwoven fabric of Example 7A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A except the above.

[實施例8A] [Example 8A]

將實施例1A中之纖維處理劑之組成如表1所示般進行變更。又,關於實施例1A中之製造裝置100,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.6mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.3倍。除該等以外,以與實施 例1A相同之方式製造實施例8A之不織布。 The composition of the fiber treating agent in Example 1A was changed as shown in Table 1. In the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the first embodiment, the amount of press-fitting of the pair of uneven rolls 401 and 402 was changed to 1.6 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio was changed to 2.3 times. In addition to these, The nonwoven fabric of Example 8A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A.

[實施例9A] [Example 9A]

將實施例1A中之纖維處理劑之組成如表1所示般進行變更。又,關於實施例1A中之製造裝置100,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.6mm。除該等以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造實施例9A之不織布。 The composition of the fiber treating agent in Example 1A was changed as shown in Table 1. Further, in the manufacturing apparatus 100 of the first embodiment, the amount of pressing of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 was changed to 1.6 mm. A nonwoven fabric of Example 9A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A except the above.

[比較例1A] [Comparative Example 1A]

將實施例1A中之構成纖維如表1所示般進行變更。塗佈於構成纖維之纖維處理劑中不含具有延展性之成分而含有親水性成分。又,纖維處理劑對構成纖維之塗佈係於延伸步驟之後進行。除該等以外,以與實施例1A相同之方式製造比較例1A之不織布。 The constituent fibers in Example 1A were changed as shown in Table 1. The fiber treatment agent applied to the constituent fibers does not contain a ductile component and contains a hydrophilic component. Further, the application of the fiber treating agent to the constituent fibers is performed after the stretching step. A nonwoven fabric of Comparative Example 1A was produced in the same manner as in Example 1A except the above.

<評價> <evaluation>

關於實施例1A~9A及比較例1A之不織布,藉由上述方法測定厚度,算出不織布之基重。將其等結果示於下述表1。又,藉由上述方法測定小徑部16及大徑部17之接觸角。將其等結果示於下述表1。 With respect to the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1A to 9A and Comparative Example 1A, the thickness was measured by the above method, and the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric was calculated. The results are shown in Table 1 below. Moreover, the contact angle of the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 was measured by the above method. The results are shown in Table 1 below.

又,關於實施例1A~9A及比較例1A之不織布,藉由下述之方法對液體殘留性、指觸乾燥性、及皮膚觸感進行評價。將其等結果示於下述表1。 Further, regarding the nonwoven fabrics of Examples 1A to 9A and Comparative Example 1A, liquid residual property, dry touch property, and skin feel were evaluated by the following methods. The results are shown in Table 1 below.

[液體殘留性之評價] [Evaluation of liquid residue]

自花王股份有限公司之市售之商品名「吸水Safety安心中量用(~80cc)」(2014年製造)中取出吸收體,將所取出之吸收體水平放置。於該吸收體上配置實施例1A~7A或比較例1A之不織布,進而於該等之上載置將圓筒部(內部尺寸直徑10mm,高度40mm)配置於中央之200mm×100mm之長方形狀之丙烯酸板。於由丙烯酸板施加之壓力為0.5kPa之狀態下向上述圓筒部內以5g/sec之速度一次注入人工尿液20g。經過7秒之後,卸除丙烯酸板,將市售之衛生紙2PL品摺疊3 次,將折成之約5cm×約12cm尺寸之吸收紙置於注入口上,以0.5kρa施加壓力5秒。其後解除壓力,對吸收有人工尿液之衛生紙之重量(g)進行測定。自該重量減去人工尿液吸收前之衛生紙之重量(g),將該值設為殘留於不織布之液體殘留量(mg)。該液體殘留量(mg)之值越小,判斷為液體殘留性越優異,成為高評價。 The absorbent body was taken out from the commercially available product name "Water Absorbent Safety Relief (~80cc)" (manufactured in 2014), and the taken absorbent body was placed horizontally. The non-woven fabrics of Examples 1A to 7A or Comparative Example 1A were placed on the absorbent body, and a rectangular acrylic material having a cylindrical portion (having an inner diameter of 10 mm and a height of 40 mm) disposed at a center of 200 mm × 100 mm was placed on the absorbent body. board. 20 g of artificial urine was injected into the cylindrical portion at a rate of 5 g/sec in a state where the pressure applied by the acrylic plate was 0.5 kPa. After 7 seconds, the acrylic sheet was removed, and the commercially available toilet paper 2PL was folded 3 Next, the folded paper of about 5 cm × about 12 cm in size was placed on the injection port, and the pressure was applied at 0.5 kρa for 5 seconds. Thereafter, the pressure was released, and the weight (g) of the toilet paper absorbing artificial urine was measured. The weight (g) of the toilet paper before the artificial urine was absorbed was subtracted from the weight, and this value was taken as the residual amount (mg) of the liquid remaining in the nonwoven fabric. The smaller the value of the liquid residual amount (mg), the more excellent the liquid residual property was judged, and the evaluation was high.

再者,人工尿液之組成如下所述。尿素1.94質量%、氯化鈉0.7954質量%、硫酸鎂(七水合物)0.11058質量%、氯化鈣(二水合物)0.06208質量%、硫酸鉀0.19788質量%、聚氧乙烯月桂醚0.0035質量%及離子交換水(剩餘量)。 Furthermore, the composition of artificial urine is as follows. 1.94% by mass of urea, 0.7954% by mass of sodium chloride, 0.11058% by mass of magnesium sulfate (hexahydrate), 0.06208% by mass of calcium chloride (dihydrate), 0.19788 mass% of potassium sulfate, 0.0035 mass% of polyoxyethylene lauryl ether and Ion exchange water (remaining amount).

[不織布之指觸乾燥性之評價] [Evaluation of dryness of fingerless non-woven fabric]

不織布之指觸乾燥性係使用Lenzing Technik公司製造之透印時間測定裝置Lister,依據EDANA(歐洲不織布工業會)之「153.0-02 REPEATED Liquid Strike-Through Time(重複液體透印時間)」法進行測定。所謂Liquid Strike-Through Time(液體透印時間),係指表示特定量之生理食鹽水自不織布之正面透過至背面所需之時間(秒)者。具體而言,於試驗機之支座上疊放10張專用之濾紙,於其上載置不織布。繼而,將具有電極之透印板載置於不織布上,自與透印板連接之液體進入口添加生理食鹽水(500mL中之氯化鈉為4.5g)10ml,其後接通試驗機之電源。試驗機對自生理食鹽水接觸電極之狀態至生理食鹽水透過不織布而使水位降低從而生理食鹽水不接觸電極為止之時間(秒)進行計測。計測進行3次,將其平均值設為不織布之液體透過時間。液體透過時間越短,表示表面之液體殘留越少,指觸乾燥性越好。 The dryness of the non-woven fabric is measured by the "153.0-02 REPEATED Liquid Strike-Through Time" method of EDANA (European Nonwovens Industry Association) using the through-printing time measuring device Lister manufactured by Lenzing Technik. . The Liquid Strike-Through Time refers to the time (seconds) required for a specific amount of physiological saline to pass from the front side of the non-woven fabric to the back side. Specifically, 10 sheets of special filter paper were placed on the support of the test machine, and a non-woven fabric was placed thereon. Then, the plate having the electrode is placed on the non-woven fabric, and 10 ml of physiological saline (4.5 g of sodium chloride in 500 mL) is added from the liquid inlet port connected to the plate-transparent plate, and then the power of the testing machine is turned on. . The test machine measures the time (seconds) from the state of the physiological saline contact electrode to the time when the physiological saline passes through the non-woven fabric to lower the water level and the physiological saline does not contact the electrode. The measurement was performed 3 times, and the average value was set as the liquid permeation time of the non-woven fabric. The shorter the liquid permeation time, the less liquid residue on the surface, and the better the dryness of the finger touch.

[皮膚觸感之評價] [Evaluation of skin feel]

不織布之皮膚觸感係請10名成年女性進行官能評價。具體而言,根據以下所示之分數基準進行評分,並將針對各不織布之全員之 平均值四捨五入至整數位,從而求出。 For the skin touch of the non-woven fabric, 10 adult women were asked for functional evaluation. Specifically, it is scored according to the score benchmark shown below, and will be targeted at all non-woven fabrics. The average value is rounded to the integer number to find out.

5分:不織布之皮膚觸感非常好。 5 points: The texture of the non-woven fabric is very good.

4分:不織布之皮膚觸感良好。 4 points: The skin of the non-woven fabric feels good.

3分:不織布之皮膚觸感普通。 3 points: The texture of the non-woven fabric is normal.

2分:不織布之皮膚觸感較差。 2 points: The texture of the non-woven fabric is poor.

1分:不織布之皮膚觸感非常差。 1 point: The skin of the non-woven fabric is very bad.

根據表1之結果,得知與比較例1A之不織布相比,實施例1A~實施例9A之不織布其等小徑部16之親水度與大徑部17之親水度發生變化。並且,關於實施例1A~實施例9A之不織布,小徑部16之親水度小於大徑部17之親水度。又,得知與比較例1A之不織布相比,實施例1A~實施例9A之不織布其等表面之液體殘留較少,指觸乾燥性良好。又,得知與比較例1A之不織布相比,實施例1A~實施例9A之不織布不僅有指觸乾燥性良好之效果,此外為同等以上之不織布之皮膚觸感。 From the results of Table 1, it was found that the hydrophilicity of the small-diameter portion 16 of the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1A to 9A and the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17 were changed as compared with the nonwoven fabric of Comparative Example 1A. Further, in the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1A to 9A, the hydrophilicity of the small-diameter portion 16 is smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion 17. Further, it was found that the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1A to 9A had less liquid residue on the surface of the nonwoven fabric of Comparative Example 1A, and the dryness of the touch was good. Further, it was found that the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1A to 9A had not only the effect of good dryness of the touch but also the skin feel of the nonwoven fabric of the same or more than the non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 1A.

以下,藉由實施例更詳細地說明本發明(第2發明)之不織布。然而,本發明(第2發明)之範圍不受該實施例任何限制。 Hereinafter, the nonwoven fabric of the present invention (second invention) will be described in more detail by way of examples. However, the scope of the present invention (the second invention) is not limited to the embodiment.

[實施例1B] [Example 1B]

使用圖11所示之製造裝置100B,製造圖8及圖9所示之形態之實施例1B之不織布。將供給至製造裝置100B之構成纖維示於以下之表2。如表2所示,構成纖維僅包含高伸度纖維,為不具有彈性(彈性體)之纖維。又,高伸度纖維係芯部為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯且鞘部為聚乙烯的同心型芯鞘型複合纖維。高伸度纖維之伸度為350%。又,關於製造裝置100B,一對凹凸輥401、402所具備之大徑凸部彼此404、404之間隔(間距)為2mm,一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量為1.2mm,並且機械延伸倍率為1.9倍。 The non-woven fabric of Example 1B in the form shown in Figs. 8 and 9 was produced by using the manufacturing apparatus 100B shown in Fig. 11 . The constituent fibers supplied to the manufacturing apparatus 100B are shown in Table 2 below. As shown in Table 2, the constituent fibers contained only high-stretch fibers, and were fibers having no elasticity (elastomer). Further, the high-stretch fiber-based core portion is polyethylene terephthalate and the sheath portion is a concentric core-sheath type composite fiber of polyethylene. The elongation of the high elongation fiber is 350%. In the manufacturing apparatus 100B, the interval (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 404 and 404 of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 is 2 mm, and the pressing amount of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 is 1.2 mm, and the mechanical amount is The stretching ratio is 1.9 times.

[實施例2B] [Example 2B]

關於實施例1B中之製造裝置100B,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為1.6mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.3倍,除此以外,以與實施例1B相同之方式製造實施例2B之不織布。 In the manufacturing apparatus 100B of the example 1B, the amount of press-fitting of the pair of uneven rolls 401 and 402 was changed to 1.6 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio was changed to 2.3 times, and the same manner as in the example 1B was carried out. Example 2B is not woven.

[實施例3B] [Example 3B]

關於實施例1B中之製造裝置100B,將一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量變更為2.0mm,將機械延伸倍率變更為2.7倍,除此以外,以與 實施例1B相同之方式製造實施例3B之不織布。 In the manufacturing apparatus 100B of the first embodiment, the amount of pressing of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 is changed to 2.0 mm, and the mechanical stretching ratio is changed to 2.7 times. The nonwoven fabric of Example 3B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B.

[實施例4B] [Example 4B]

將實施例1B中之構成纖維變更為高伸度纖維之伸度為250%之纖維,除此以外,以與實施例1B相同之方式製造實施例4B之不織布。 The non-woven fabric of Example 4B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B except that the constituent fibers in Example 1B were changed to fibers having a high elongation fiber of 250%.

[實施例5B] [Example 5B]

將實施例2B中之構成纖維變更為高伸度纖維之伸度為250%之纖維,除此以外,以與實施例2B相同之方式製造實施例5B之不織布。 The non-woven fabric of Example 5B was produced in the same manner as in Example 2B except that the constituent fibers in Example 2B were changed to fibers having a high elongation fiber of 250%.

[實施例6B] [Example 6B]

將實施例3B中之構成纖維變更為高伸度纖維之伸度為250%之纖維,除此以外,以與實施例3B相同之方式製造實施例6B之不織布。 The non-woven fabric of Example 6B was produced in the same manner as in Example 3B except that the constituent fibers in Example 3B were changed to fibers having a high elongation fiber of 250%.

[比較例1B] [Comparative Example 1B]

將實施例1B中之構成纖維變更為已延伸之複合纖維。具體而言,該複合纖維之伸度為80%之延伸纖維。除變更纖維以外,以與實施例1B相同之方式製造比較例1B之不織布。 The constituent fibers in Example 1B were changed to the expanded composite fibers. Specifically, the conjugate fiber has an elongation of 80% of the extended fiber. A non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 1B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B except that the fibers were changed.

[比較例2B] [Comparative Example 2B]

將實施例3B中之構成纖維變更為已延伸之複合纖維。具體而言,該複合纖維之伸度為80%之延伸纖維。除變更纖維以外,以與實施例3B相同之方式製造比較例2B之不織布。 The constituent fibers in Example 3B were changed to the expanded composite fibers. Specifically, the conjugate fiber has an elongation of 80% of the extended fiber. A non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 2B was produced in the same manner as in Example 3B except that the fibers were changed.

[比較例3B] [Comparative Example 3B]

利用以專利文獻1中記載之製造法為依據之方法,以包含實施例4B中之作為構成纖維之高伸度纖維及彈性纖維之方式形成比較例3B之不織布。再者,一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量、機械延伸倍率與實施例4B同樣。 The non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 3B was formed by the method based on the manufacturing method described in Patent Document 1 so as to include the high-stretch fibers and the elastic fibers constituting the fibers in Example 4B. The amount of press-fitting and the mechanical stretching ratio of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

[比較例4B] [Comparative Example 4B]

利用以專利文獻1記載之製造法為依據之方法,以包含實施例6B中之作為構成纖維之高伸度纖維及彈性纖維之方式形成比較例4B之 不織布。再者,一對凹凸輥401、402之壓入量、機械延伸倍率與實施例6B同樣。 In the method based on the production method described in Patent Document 1, the comparative example 4B was formed to include the high-stretch fibers and the elastic fibers constituting the fibers in Example 6B. Not woven. The amount of press-fitting and the mechanical stretching ratio of the pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 were the same as those in the sixth embodiment.

<評價> <evaluation>

關於實施例1B~6B及比較例1B~4B之不織布,藉由下述方法對自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18之存在比率進行評價,於存在變化點18之情形時,測定變化點18之位置。又,藉由上述方法測定小徑部16及大徑部17之纖維直徑。將其等結果示於下述表2。 With respect to the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1B to 6B and Comparative Examples 1B to 4B, the existence ratio of the change point 18 from the small-diameter portion 16 to the large-diameter portion 17 was evaluated by the following method, and when the change point 18 was present, The position of the change point 18 is measured. Moreover, the fiber diameters of the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 were measured by the above method. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

又,關於實施例1B~6B及比較例1B~4B之不織布,藉由上述方法對頂部區13a、底部區13b或側部區13c之纖維密度、及於頂部區13a、底部區13b或側部區13c之變化點18之個數進行測定。將其等結果示於下述表2。 Further, regarding the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1B to 6B and Comparative Examples 1B to 4B, the fiber density of the top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b or the side portion 13c by the above method, and the top portion 13a, the bottom portion 13b or the side portion The number of change points 18 of the zone 13c was measured. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

又,關於實施例1B~6B及比較例1B~4B之不織布,藉由下述方法對皮膚觸感、及通液性進行評價。將其等結果示於下述表2。 Further, regarding the non-woven fabrics of Examples 1B to 6B and Comparative Examples 1B to 4B, skin feel and liquid permeability were evaluated by the following methods. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

[變化點18之存在比率之評價] [Evaluation of the existence ratio of change point 18]

隨機抽取20根不織布之構成纖維,使用日本電子股份有限公司製造之掃描式電子顯微鏡:JCM-5100(商品名),將各構成纖維放大110倍進行觀察,觀察有無自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18。存在比率係以下述方式算出。存在比率(%)=具有變化點18之纖維根數/20根×100 A total of 20 non-woven fabrics were randomly selected, and each of the constituent fibers was magnified 110 times using a scanning electron microscope: JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd., and the presence or absence of the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter was observed. Point 17 changes point 18. The existence ratio was calculated in the following manner. Existence ratio (%) = number of fibers with change point 18 / 20 x 100

此處,所謂變化點18,如上所述不包含自小徑部連續地向大徑部逐漸變化之部位或自小徑部連續地經過複數個階段而向大徑部變化之部位、因於構成纖維之構成芯部之第1樹脂成分與構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分之間發生剝離而纖維直徑發生變化之狀態,意指纖維直徑發生極端變化之部位。 Here, the change point 18 does not include a portion that gradually changes from the small diameter portion to the large diameter portion continuously or a portion that continuously changes from the small diameter portion to the large diameter portion due to the small diameter portion, and the configuration The state in which the first resin component constituting the core portion of the fiber is separated from the second resin component constituting the sheath portion and the fiber diameter is changed means a portion where the fiber diameter extremely changes.

[變化點18之位置之評價] [Evaluation of the position of change point 18]

於具有變化點18之情形時,將相鄰之熔合部12、12彼此之間隔T 進行3等分,並區分為一熔合部12側之區域AT、另一熔合部12側之區域BT、中央區域CT。並且,觀察變化點18配置於上述區域AT、上述區域BT或中央區域CT之哪一區域。 When there is a change point 18, the adjacent fusion portions 12, 12 are spaced apart from each other. It is divided into three equal parts and divided into a region AT on the side of the fusion portion 12, a region BT on the side of the other fusion portion 12, and a central region CT. Further, it is observed in the region of the region AT, the region BT, or the central region CT where the change point 18 is disposed.

<評價結果> <evaluation result>

A:於具有變化點之纖維中,具有複數根變化點存在於上述區域AT或上述區域BT並且亦存在於中央區域CT的纖維。 A: In the fiber having a change point, a fiber having a plurality of root point changes existing in the above region AT or the above region BT and also present in the central region CT.

B:於具有變化點之纖維中,具有複數根變化點僅存在於上述區域AT或上述區域BT的纖維。 B: Among the fibers having a change point, fibers having a plurality of root point changes existing only in the above region AT or the above region BT.

C:於具有變化點之纖維中,具有複數根變化點僅存在於中央區域CT的纖維。 C: Among the fibers having a change point, a fiber having a plurality of root point changes existing only in the central region CT.

[不織布之皮膚觸感之評價] [Evaluation of skin feel of non-woven fabric]

請20名觀察員以看不到不織布之狀態觸摸,將柔軟性、柔軟度、緩衝性等感觸綜合性地作為不織布之皮膚觸感,根據以下之5階段之判定基準進行評價。結果係以20名之平均值表示。 20 observers were touched in a state where the non-woven fabric was not seen, and the feelings such as softness, softness, and cushioning properties were comprehensively used as the skin feel of the non-woven fabric, and evaluated according to the following five stages of criteria. The results are expressed as an average of 20 people.

<評價基準> <Evaluation criteria>

5:非常好 5: Very good

4:良好 4: Good

3:普通 3: ordinary

2:較差 2: Poor

1:非常差 1: very bad

再者,若20名之平均值之評價結果為4以上,則為可期待使用者認知到皮膚觸感之改善而獲得較高評價之等級。 In addition, when the evaluation result of the average value of 20 is 4 or more, it is expected that the user can recognize the improvement of the skin feel and obtain a higher evaluation level.

[不織布之液體透過性之評價] [Evaluation of liquid permeability of non-woven fabric]

不織布之液體透過性係使用Lenzing Technik公司製造之透印時間測定裝置Lister,依據EDANA(歐洲不織布工業會)之「153.0-02 REPEATED Liquid Strike-Through Time(重複液體透印時間)」法進行 測定。所謂Liquid Strike-Through Time(液體透印時間),係指表示特定量之生理食鹽水自不織布之正面透過至背面所需之時間(秒)者。具體而言,於試驗機之支座上疊放10張專用之濾紙,於其上載置不織布。繼而,將具有電極之透印板載置於不織布上,自與透印板連接之液體進入口添加生理食鹽水(大塚製藥股份有限公司製造之日本藥典生理食鹽液大塚生食注(商品名)10mL,其後打開試驗機之電源。試驗機對自生理食鹽水接觸電極之狀態至生理食鹽水透過不織布而使水位降低從而生理食鹽水不接觸電極為止之時間(秒)進行計測。計測進行3次,將其平均值設為不織布之液體透過時間。液體透過時間越短,表示液體透過性越好。 The liquid permeability of the non-woven fabric is based on the "153.0-02 REPEATED Liquid Strike-Through Time" method of the EDANA (European Nonwoven Industrial Association) using the through-printing time measuring device Lister manufactured by Lenzing Technik. Determination. The Liquid Strike-Through Time refers to the time (seconds) required for a specific amount of physiological saline to pass from the front side of the non-woven fabric to the back side. Specifically, 10 sheets of special filter paper were placed on the support of the test machine, and a non-woven fabric was placed thereon. Then, the plate having the electrode is placed on the non-woven fabric, and the physiological saline solution is added to the liquid inlet port connected to the plate-transparent plate (the Japanese Pharmacopoeia physiological salt solution manufactured by Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) Then, the power of the testing machine is turned on. The testing machine measures the time from the state of the physiological saline contact electrode to the time when the physiological saline passes through the non-woven fabric to lower the water level and the physiological saline does not contact the electrode. The measurement is performed 3 times. The average value is set as the liquid permeation time of the non-woven fabric. The shorter the liquid permeation time, the better the liquid permeability.

根據表2之結果,可知與比較例1B~比較例4B之不織布相比,實施例1B~實施例6B之不織布藉由於區域AT或區域BT存在自小徑部16向大徑部17之變化點18、換言之以與提高不織布剛性之熔合部12相鄰 之方式存在低剛性之小徑部16,從而提高不織布之柔軟性,皮膚觸感良好。 According to the results of Table 2, it is understood that the non-woven fabrics of the first to sixth embodiments of the first to sixth embodiments have a change from the small-diameter portion 16 to the large-diameter portion 17 by the region AT or the region BT as compared with the nonwoven fabric of the comparative example 1B to the comparative example 4B. 18. In other words, adjacent to the fusion portion 12 that increases the rigidity of the nonwoven fabric In the manner of the small-diameter portion 16 having low rigidity, the softness of the nonwoven fabric is improved, and the skin feel is good.

進而得知,實施例1B~實施例6B之不織布由於變化點18之位置在側部區13c較多,故而凸條部13變得容易追隨穿著者之皮膚之運動,為良好之皮膚觸感。又,得知實施例1B~實施例6B之不織布由於變化點18之位置在側部區13c較多,側部區13c之纖維密度較低,故而液體透過性良好。 Further, it is understood that the nonwoven fabrics of the first to sixth embodiments have a large number of side portions 13c in the position of the change point 18, so that the ridge portion 13 easily follows the movement of the wearer's skin and is a good skin feel. Further, it has been found that the nonwoven fabrics of the first to sixth embodiments have a large number of side portions 13c due to the position of the change point 18, and the side portion 13c has a low fiber density, so that the liquid permeability is good.

又,根據表2之結果,比較例1B~2B之不織布由於使用伸度較低之延伸纖維,故而於構成纖維之構成芯部之第1樹脂成分與構成鞘部之第2樹脂成分之間因延伸而產生剝離。因此,鞘部剝離部位會勾扯皮膚,皮膚觸感降低。由於難以保持凹凸形狀,芯部露出而撥水化,故而液體通過時間減少。繼而,比較例3B之不織布為於實施例4B之不織布中摻入有彈性纖維之構成。如上所述般若摻入有彈性纖維,則不織布一面收縮一面延伸,故而即便於機械延伸倍率相同之情形時,亦難以形成變化點,纖維密度亦不易降低。藉此,比較例3B之不織布難以產生皮膚觸感之提高與通液性提高之效果。繼而,比較例4B之不織布為於實施例6B之不織布中摻入有彈性纖維之構成。如上所述般若摻入有彈性纖維,則不織布一面收縮一面延伸,故而難以出現本案之纖維直徑發生極端變化之部位即變化點,而容易形成自小徑部16連續地向大徑部17逐漸變化之部位。於比較例4B之不織布中,由於摻入有彈性纖維,故而所形成之連續地逐漸變化之部位難以於熔合點附近局部延伸,因此未於熔合點附近觀察出。藉此,比較例4B之不織布難以產生皮膚觸感之提高與通液性提高之效果。 Further, according to the results of Table 2, the non-woven fabrics of Comparative Examples 1B to 2B were used because of the use of the extended fibers having a low elongation, so that the first resin component constituting the core portion of the fibers and the second resin component constituting the sheath portion were Extending to cause peeling. Therefore, the peeled portion of the sheath will smear the skin, and the touch of the skin is lowered. Since it is difficult to maintain the uneven shape, the core is exposed and dialed, so that the liquid passage time is reduced. Then, the non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 3B was constituted by incorporating the elastic fibers into the nonwoven fabric of Example 4B. When the elastic fiber is blended as described above, the nonwoven fabric is stretched while being shrunk. Therefore, even when the mechanical stretching ratio is the same, it is difficult to form a change point, and the fiber density is not easily lowered. Thereby, the non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 3B is less likely to have an effect of improving the skin feel and improving the liquid permeability. Then, the non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 4B was constructed by incorporating elastic fibers into the nonwoven fabric of Example 6B. When the elastic fiber is blended as described above, the non-woven fabric is stretched while being stretched, so that the portion where the fiber diameter of the present invention is extremely changed, that is, the change point is hard to occur, and the small-diameter portion 16 is gradually formed to gradually change toward the large-diameter portion 17. The part. In the non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 4B, since the elastic fiber was incorporated, the continuously gradually formed portion was hardly partially extended in the vicinity of the fusion point, and thus was not observed in the vicinity of the fusion point. As a result, the non-woven fabric of Comparative Example 4B is less likely to have an effect of improving the skin feel and improving the liquid permeability.

[產業上之可利用性] [Industrial availability]

根據本發明(第1發明),表面之液體殘留較少,指觸乾燥性提局。 According to the invention (first invention), the liquid residue on the surface is small, and the dryness of the touch is improved.

根據本發明(第2發明),可使皮膚觸感更好。 According to the invention (second invention), the skin feel can be made better.

1A‧‧‧不織布 1A‧‧‧Nonwoven

11‧‧‧構成纖維 11‧‧‧constituting fibers

13‧‧‧凸條部 13‧‧‧Rocks

13a‧‧‧頂部區 13a‧‧‧Top area

13b‧‧‧底部區 13b‧‧‧Bottom area

13c‧‧‧側部區 13c‧‧‧Side area

14‧‧‧凹條部 14‧‧‧ recessed section

a‧‧‧不織布之正面 A‧‧‧ non-woven front

b‧‧‧不織布之背面 b‧‧‧The back of the non-woven fabric

Y‧‧‧方向 Y‧‧‧ direction

Z‧‧‧厚度方向 Z‧‧‧ Thickness direction

Claims (15)

一種不織布,其係具備複數個使構成纖維彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部者,並且上述構成纖維包含高伸度纖維,著眼於1根上述構成纖維,該構成纖維於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,上述小徑部之親水度小於上述大徑部之親水度。 A non-woven fabric comprising a plurality of fusion portions formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers, and the constituent fibers comprising high-stretch fibers, focusing on one of the constituent fibers, the constituent fibers being fused adjacent to each other The portions have a large diameter portion having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by two small diameter portions having a small fiber diameter, and the small diameter portion has a hydrophilicity smaller than that of the large diameter portion. 如請求項1之不織布,其中上述構成纖維上附著有纖維處理劑,上述纖維處理劑包含具有延展性之成分。 The non-woven fabric of claim 1, wherein a fiber treating agent is adhered to the constituent fibers, and the fiber treating agent contains a ductile component. 如請求項2之不織布,其中上述具有延展性之成分為聚有機矽氧烷。 The non-woven fabric of claim 2, wherein the ductile component is a polyorganosiloxane. 如請求項1之不織布,其中上述構成纖維僅包含高伸度纖維。 The non-woven fabric of claim 1, wherein the constituent fibers comprise only high-stretch fibers. 如請求項1之不織布,其中自鄰接於上述熔合部之上述小徑部向上述大徑部之變化點係配置於自上述熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 In the non-woven fabric of claim 1, the change point from the small-diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large-diameter portion is disposed at a distance of 1/3 of the distance from the fusion portion to the adjacent portion of the fusion portion Within the scope. 一種吸收性物品,其係具有配置於皮膚對向面側之正面片材、配置於非皮膚對向面側之背面片材、及介置於上述兩片材間之吸收體者,並且上述正面片材係由如請求項1之不織布所形成。 An absorbent article comprising a front sheet disposed on a side opposite to the skin, a back sheet disposed on a non-skin opposing side, and an absorbent interposed between the two sheets, and the front surface The sheet is formed by the non-woven fabric of claim 1. 如請求項1之不織布,其係具備複數個使構成纖維彼此之交點熱熔合而形成之熔合部者,並且上述構成纖維包含高伸度纖維,著眼於1根上述構成纖維,該構成纖維於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間具有由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之 大徑部,自鄰接於上述熔合部之上述小徑部向上述大徑部之變化點係配置於自該熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 The non-woven fabric of claim 1, comprising a plurality of fusion portions formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers, and the constituent fibers comprising high-stretch fibers, focusing on one of the constituent fibers, the constituent fibers being in phase The adjacent fusion portions have a larger fiber diameter sandwiched by two small diameter portions having a smaller fiber diameter. The large-diameter portion is disposed within a range of one-third of a distance from the fusion portion to the adjacent portion of the fusion portion from the small-diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large-diameter portion. 如請求項7之不織布,其中上述構成纖維僅包含非彈性纖維。 The non-woven fabric of claim 7, wherein the constituent fibers comprise only non-elastic fibers. 如請求項7之不織布,其中著眼於1根上述構成纖維,於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間配置有複數個上述大徑部。 In the non-woven fabric of claim 7, the one of the above-mentioned constituent fibers is focused on, and a plurality of the large-diameter portions are disposed between the adjacent fusion portions. 如請求項7之不織布,其中上述不織布為於一方向上延伸之條紋狀之凸條部及凹條部交替配置而成之凹凸構造之不織布。 In the non-woven fabric of claim 7, the non-woven fabric is a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex structure in which stripe-like ridge portions and concave strip portions extending in one direction are alternately arranged. 如請求項10之不織布,其中上述不織布具有頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,上述側部區之纖維密度小於上述頂部區之纖維密度及上述底部區之纖維密度。 The non-woven fabric of claim 10, wherein the non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side portion between the top, the top of the ridge portion is formed by the top portion, and the bottom portion of the concave portion is formed by the bottom portion. The fiber density of the side region is smaller than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region. 如請求項10之不織布,其中上述不織布具有頂部區、底部區及位於該等之間之側部區,上述凸條部之頂部由頂部區所形成,上述凹條部之底部由底部區所形成,構成上述側部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數多於構成上述頂部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數及構成上述底部區之構成纖維中具有變化點之纖維根數。 The non-woven fabric of claim 10, wherein the non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side portion between the top, the top of the ridge portion is formed by the top portion, and the bottom portion of the concave portion is formed by the bottom portion. The number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the side portion is larger than the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top portion and the number of fibers having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom portion . 一種吸收性物品,其係具有配置於皮膚對向面側之正面片材、配置於非皮膚對向面側之背面片材、及介置於上述兩片材間之吸收體者,並且上述正面片材係由如請求項7之不織布所形成。 An absorbent article comprising a front sheet disposed on a side opposite to the skin, a back sheet disposed on a non-skin opposing side, and an absorbent interposed between the two sheets, and the front surface The sheet is formed by the non-woven fabric of claim 7. 一種不織布之製造方法,其包括:熔合步驟,其係使包含賦予有纖維處理劑之高伸度纖維之纖維網之構成纖維彼此之交點經由熔合部熱熔合;及延伸步驟,其係於上述熔合步驟後,將熔合後之上述纖維網於一方向上延伸;並且於上述延伸步驟中,將上述纖維網延伸,而於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間之1根上述構成纖維中形成由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,並且使該小徑部之親水度小於該大徑部之親水度。 A manufacturing method of a non-woven fabric, comprising: a fusing step of thermally fusing an intersection of constituent fibers of a fiber web including a high-stretch fiber having a fiber treating agent through a fusion portion; and an extending step of the fusing After the step, the fused fiber web is extended in one direction; and in the extending step, the fiber web is extended, and two of the constituent fibers between the adjacent fused portions are formed by two The small-diameter portion having a small fiber diameter has a large diameter portion having a large fiber diameter, and the hydrophilic portion of the small-diameter portion is smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large-diameter portion. 如請求項14之不織布之製造方法,其中於上述延伸步驟中,將上述纖維網延伸,而於相鄰之上述熔合部彼此之間之1根上述構成纖維中形成由2個纖維直徑較小之小徑部所夾之纖維直徑較大之大徑部,並且將自該小徑部向該大徑部之變化點形成於自該熔合部起至與其相鄰之該熔合部彼此之間隔之1/3之範圍內。 The method of manufacturing a non-woven fabric according to claim 14, wherein in the extending step, the fiber web is extended, and two fiber diameters are formed in one of the constituent fibers between the adjacent fusion portions. a large-diameter portion having a large fiber diameter sandwiched by the small-diameter portion, and a change point from the small-diameter portion to the large-diameter portion is formed at a distance from the fusion portion to the adjacent portion of the fusion portion Within the range of /3.
TW104134106A 2014-10-17 2015-10-16 Not weaving TWI550155B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014212401 2014-10-17
JP2014212400A JP2016079529A (en) 2014-10-17 2014-10-17 Nonwoven fabric

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201629289A TW201629289A (en) 2016-08-16
TWI550155B true TWI550155B (en) 2016-09-21

Family

ID=55746773

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104134106A TWI550155B (en) 2014-10-17 2015-10-16 Not weaving

Country Status (5)

Country Link
CN (1) CN106232888B (en)
MY (1) MY177779A (en)
RU (1) RU2656084C1 (en)
TW (1) TWI550155B (en)
WO (1) WO2016060238A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3290014A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-07 Fibertex Personal Care A/S Nonwoven fabric sheet and method for making the same
CN106948018A (en) * 2017-04-01 2017-07-14 佛山市保乐进出口贸易有限公司 The soft non-woven fabrics of silk or the special additive of fiber and preparation method thereof and non-woven fabrics
JP7065605B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2022-05-12 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Fiber non-woven sheet
WO2020089980A1 (en) * 2018-10-29 2020-05-07 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Sanitary tampon
WO2021205995A1 (en) * 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 花王株式会社 Non-woven fabric

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200809021A (en) * 2006-05-25 2008-02-16 Dow Global Technologies Inc Soft and extensible polypropylene based spunbound nonwovens
JP2010005925A (en) * 2008-06-26 2010-01-14 Kao Corp Stretchable sheet
JP2013076185A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-25 Uni Charm Corp Laminated nonwoven fabric and method for producing laminated nonwoven fabric

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SU1115516A1 (en) * 1983-02-28 1993-11-30 Vsesoyuznyj Nii Sint Volokon Nonwoven material made of synthetic fibers
JP2727242B2 (en) * 1989-10-18 1998-03-11 三菱レイヨン株式会社 Floppy disk jacket liner
AU677000B2 (en) * 1991-12-17 1997-04-10 Procter & Gamble Company, The Absorbent article having fused layers
ES2103583T3 (en) * 1993-06-02 1997-09-16 Minnesota Mining & Mfg NON-WOVEN ARTICLES AND METHODS TO PRODUCE THEM.
SE514391C2 (en) * 1997-12-03 2001-02-19 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent articles
JP3794903B2 (en) * 1999-07-12 2006-07-12 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Elastic stretch composite sheet
JP4103269B2 (en) * 1999-10-19 2008-06-18 チッソ株式会社 Stretched nonwoven fabric and molded product using the same
JP4521981B2 (en) * 2000-11-09 2010-08-11 キヤノン株式会社 Manufacturing method of fiber assembly
RU2217533C1 (en) * 2002-12-06 2003-11-27 Открытое акционерное общество "Научно-исследовательский институт нетканых материалов" Nonwoven material and method for manufacture of non-woven material
UA95839C2 (en) * 2007-06-22 2011-09-12 Уні-Шарм Корпорейшн Non-woven fabric and method for its production
US8178748B2 (en) * 2008-02-15 2012-05-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article
WO2010074207A1 (en) * 2008-12-25 2010-07-01 花王株式会社 Non-woven fabric and process for producing same
MY157096A (en) * 2008-12-25 2016-04-29 Kao Corp Non-woven fabric and process for producing same
JP4975089B2 (en) * 2008-12-25 2012-07-11 花王株式会社 Nonwoven fabric and method for producing the same
CN102471967B (en) * 2009-08-05 2015-09-09 三井化学株式会社 Mixed fine spun-bonded non-woven, its manufacture method with and uses thereof
JP5855901B2 (en) * 2010-11-02 2016-02-09 花王株式会社 Disposable diapers
JP4996766B2 (en) * 2010-11-30 2012-08-08 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Liquid-permeable sheet and method for producing the same
JP6099030B2 (en) * 2011-06-23 2017-03-22 花王株式会社 Absorbent articles
CZ2012655A3 (en) * 2012-09-21 2014-04-02 Pegas Nonwovens S.R.O. Nonwoven fabric with enhanced softness and process for preparing such fabric
JP5622921B2 (en) * 2012-12-19 2014-11-12 花王株式会社 Non-woven
WO2014171388A1 (en) * 2013-04-19 2014-10-23 花王株式会社 Nonwoven fabric and textile treating agent
JP6120282B2 (en) * 2013-12-03 2017-04-26 花王株式会社 Nonwoven fabric and absorbent article having the same
JP6267501B2 (en) * 2013-12-06 2018-01-24 花王株式会社 3D sheet

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200809021A (en) * 2006-05-25 2008-02-16 Dow Global Technologies Inc Soft and extensible polypropylene based spunbound nonwovens
JP2010005925A (en) * 2008-06-26 2010-01-14 Kao Corp Stretchable sheet
JP2013076185A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-25 Uni Charm Corp Laminated nonwoven fabric and method for producing laminated nonwoven fabric

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MY177779A (en) 2020-09-23
TW201629289A (en) 2016-08-16
CN106232888B (en) 2017-09-29
CN106232888A (en) 2016-12-14
RU2656084C1 (en) 2018-05-30
WO2016060238A1 (en) 2016-04-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI550155B (en) Not weaving
KR101975079B1 (en) Liquid-retaining sheet and face mask
JP6332805B2 (en) Non-woven
JP6714982B2 (en) Bulky composite long fiber non-woven fabric
JP6408320B2 (en) Hydrophilic nonwoven fabric and fiber treatment agent for nonwoven fabric
TWI516578B (en) Non-woven and fiber treatment agent
JP5894333B1 (en) Non-woven
TW201602435A (en) Laminated non-woven fabric and its manufacturing method
JP2020007697A (en) Hydrophilic bulky nonwoven fabric
JPWO2017145993A1 (en) Long fiber nonwoven fabric with excellent touch
JP2016060995A (en) Ridged and grooved nonwoven fabric
JP2016079529A (en) Nonwoven fabric
JP6190263B2 (en) Nonwoven fabric and absorbent article
JP6120282B2 (en) Nonwoven fabric and absorbent article having the same
JP6080323B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JPWO2018070443A1 (en) FIBER PROCESSING AGENT, AND LIQUID PERMEABLE NONWOVEN FABRICATION COMPRISING THE SAME
JP6566852B2 (en) Non-woven
JP2017148141A (en) Absorbent article
JP7057626B2 (en) Absorbent article
JP5640164B2 (en) Nonwoven fabric and fiber treatment agent
JP6580435B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6630085B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6566858B2 (en) Laminated nonwoven fabric
CN116234524A (en) Nonwoven fabric, use thereof, and method for producing nonwoven fabric
JP2022158707A (en) Nonwoven fabric for absorbent article and absorbent article including the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees